8260.19C CHG 2
Appendix 2

(b) Air Force Communication
Agency. Terrain and structures from Air Force
Form 1530. Accuracy varied. Use +500' (150 m)
horizontally and +125" (38 m) unless verified to a
higher accuracy.

(c) OC surveys conducted by U.S.
Army Topographic Units shall have the same
accuracy standards as those developed by the
Department of Commerce (see para-
graph 101b(1)(a).

(3) Department of Transportation. FAA
obstacle data for terrain structures are recorded on
airspace, airport, and procedures records. If the
original source is Obstruction Clearance (OC) or
aero charts, accuracies in paragraph 101b(1)(a) are
appropriate. Other accuracies are as follows:

(a) Field inspections that employ a
theodolite, +50' (15 m) horizontally and +20'
(6 m) vertically. Code 2C.

(b) Obstruction evaluations: All
obstacles, +250' (75 m) horizontally and +50°
(15 m) vertically, unless verified to a higher
accuracy. Code 4D.

(c) Quarterly Obstacle Memo -
Digital Obstacle File, depending upon data
source, from +20' (6 m) to +1 NM (1800 m)
horizontally, and from +3' (1 m) to +1,000’
(300 m) vertically. Code 1A to 8H.

(d) Airport Field Offices (AFO)
may assign their own codes to obstacles on
engineering drawings furnished to Flight
Standards.

(e) Airway Facility (AF) Division
Field Survey; navigation aids, +20° (6 m)
horizontally and 3' (1 m) vertically. Code 6E.
Other obstacles, +50° (15 m) horizontally and +10"
(3 m) vertically, unless verified to a higher
accuracy. Code 2B.

(f) Flight inspection fly-by, +250°
(75 m) horizontally and +50' (15 m) vertically.
Code 4D.

(g) Estimated by airport owner or

operator, +1/2 NM (900 m) horizontally and
+500' (150 m) vertically. Code 7G.

Page 4

12/29/99

(4) Department of Interior. U.S.
Geological Survey data in magnetic tape files are
claimed to be accurate to +1,000' (300 m)
horizontally and +100' (30m) _ vertically.
Code 6E. For the following charts, when obstacles
or mountain peaks are specifically marked by a
spot elevation, the vertical accuracy changes to +3’
(1 m). Otherwise, these charts have the following
accuracies:

(a) Topographical charts
(1:250,000 scale), +1,000' (300 m) horizontally
and +100' (30 m) vertically. Code 6E.

(b) Topographical charts (1:62,500
or 1:63,360 scale), +150' (75 m) horizontally and
+50' (15 m) vertically. Code 4D.

(c) Topographical charts [1:20,000,
1:24,000) (7 1/2 min. Quad series), and
1:25,000], +40' (12 m) horizontally and +20' (6 m)
vertically. Code 2C.

(d) Topographical charts
(1:100,000 scale), +40' (12 m) horizontally and
+20' (6 m) vertically.

(5) Other.

(a) Tactical Flying Chart, TFC(L),
2nd Series, (1:250,000 scale), +500' (150 m)
horizontally and +125' (38m) _ vertically.
Code SE.

(b) Series M745 (Ausgabe 4-DMG),
(1:50,000 scale), +50' (15 m) horizontally and
+20' (6 m) vertically. Code 2C.

© Digital Elevation Data U.S.
Geological Survey data for terrain elevations is
typically based on Digital Elevation Models
(DEM). - National Imaging and Mapping Agency
(NIMA) survey data for terrain elevations is
typically based on Digitized Terrain Elevation
Data (DTED). Source documentation from the
NOS supports the following horizontal and vertical
accuracies; these values shall be used in instrument
procedure construction:

(a) DEM 7.5 Minute (Level 1),
+13 m_ (43') horizontally and +14 m (46')
vertically.



12/29/99 8260.19C CHG 2

f. Chapter 8.

(1) Paragraph 815g. Adds requirement for AVN-100 to ensure a missed approach procedure is
available during NAVAID outages.

(2) Paragraph 8161(1). Adds more definitive guidance in the Standard Notes for area
navigation (RNAV) glide slope.

(3) Paragraph 816n(4). Adds information concerning magnetic variation of departure
procedures.

g- Appendix 1. Updates Flight Procedures’ references, and adds U.S. Army Topographic Units to
accuracy codes and sources.

h. Appendix 2.

(1) Paragraph 101a. Deletes the requirement to list the accuracy code(s) on 8260 series forms,
but the actual adjustment(s) is documented.

(2) Paragraph 101b(2)(b). Expands Department of Defense (DOD) sources to include digital
elevation data and tactical flying charts and defines accuracy more clearly,

(3) Paragraph 101b(6). Adds accuracy code requirements under digital terrain.

5. DISPOSITION OF TRANSMITTAL. After filing, this change transmittal should be retained.

PAGE CONTROL CHART

REMOVE PAGES DATED INSERT PAGES DATED
iti thru xiii 9/16/93 iii thru xiii 12/29/99
1-3 and 1-4 9/1898 1-3 and 1-4 12/29/99
2-11 thru 2-16 9/898 2-11 thru 2-16 12/29/99
2-21 and 2-22 9/18/87 2-21 12/29/99

2-22 9/18/98
2-25 and 2-26 9/18/98 2-25 and 26 12/29/99
3-7 and 3-8 9/18/98 3-7 12/29/99

3-8 9/18/98
4-1 thru 4-19 9/16/93 4-1 thru 4-18 12/29/99
5-1 thru 5-22 9/16/93 5-1 thru 5-21 (and 5-22) 12/29/99
6-1 (and 6-2) 9/16/93 6-1 (and 6-2) 12/29/99
7-1 thru 7-13 9/16/93 7-1 thru 7-14 12/29/99
8-23 thru 8-26 9/6/93 8-23 thru 8-26 12/29/99

Page 3


8260.19C

9/16/93

SECTION 2. EXPANDED SERVICE VOLUME REQUEST, FAA FORM 6050-4

902, PREPARATION OF FAA FORM 6050-4.
Figure 9-2 is an example of a completed FAA
Form 6050-4. See also paragraph 210.

a. Part I. This is to be completed by the
originating office. State the office, airspace
docket number (if this request is associated with
airspace action), and the state in which the
navigational facility is located. Check establish,
revision, or cancel, as appropriate.

(1) Facility Data. Enter the navigational
facility name (as charted) and identifier; the
facility and class; the city where the facility is
located; and, the frequency/channel of the facility.

(2) Expanded Service Volume
Data. Enter the radial, distance, minimum and
maximum MSL altitudes desired, and the
operational use (requirement) of the request.
Enter the name and signature of the individual
initiating the request, the individual's office, and
the date of the request.

b. Part II. To be completed by the Regional
| Spectrum Management Officer (SMO).

Page 9-2

c. Part III. To be completed by the FIAO.
Check approved, disapproved, or restricted, as
appropriate. In remarks, state how the approval,
disapproval, or restricted determination was made
(restricted is relative to the requested data).
Enter the name and signature of the individual
responsible for FIAO action, the FIAO office, and
the date. 5

d. Cancellation. The originating office effects
ESV cancellation by completing an FAA Form
6050-4 and checking “cancel” in Part I. If the
cancellation originates in the FIAO, enter
“CANCELED" in Part III of the FIAO copy and
enter the name and signature of the individual
responsible for FIAO action, the FIAO office, and
the date. (The stamp used for cancellation of
FAA Form 8260-2 may be used for this purpose.)

e. Distribution. Disseminate approved,
revised or canceled ESV requests as follows.
Reproduce and include one copy to AVN-820.
Forward copies 3-6 to the FPB for distribution to
regional offices and ASM-500.

Copy 1 - Air traffic facility having jurisdiction
over the procedure which required the ESV.

Copy 2 - Retain in the FIAO.

Copy 3 - Spectrum Engineering Division,
ASM-500.

Copy 4 - Region SMO.

Copy 5 - Region ATD.

Copy 6 - Region FPB.

f. Disapproved ESV requests. Return to the
originating office through the SMO.

Chap 9
Par 902


8260.19C

stepdown fix should be annotated to reflect the
necessary altitude adjustment as follows:

MIN ALT PAULA 1420*

*1540 when using (location) altimeter
setting. (IAPA places the "*" symbol after
the fix name.)

e. Line 5. (Form 8260-3). Enter distance in
miles and hundredths to the threshold from the
FAF or OM and MM. On Category II and III ILS
procedures, enter distance in feet to the threshold
from the IM, 150 HAT and 100 HAT points; enter
a dash if not appropriate. On Category I, I, ITI,
enter distance in feet from the threshold to a
point abeam the GS antenna (for ILS), and abeam
the elevation antenna (for MLS).

f. Line 6. (Form 8260-3).

() Enter minimum GS/GP intercept
altitude, rounded to the next higher 100-foot
increment. This altitude shall not be less than
the elevation of the GS/GP at the OM or FAF.

(2) Ifa fix or facility is located on the final
approach course between the precision FAF
(GS/GP intercept) and the OM, enter the name of
the fix or facility and the GS/GP elevation in feet.

(8) Enter the elevation of the GS/GP in
feet at the OM, MM, and the IM. If a IM is not
installed, enter a dash.

(4) GS/GP altitude computations shall
include earth curvature (EC) values. EC shall not
be used to determine obstacle clearance. The
formula for determining EC is:

EC(ft) = (distance in NM from GS/GP ant)* x 8833
g. Line 7. (Form 8260-3).

(1) Enter commissioned angle for the
GS/GP to nearest hundredth of a degree. The
commissioned angle shall be used to make
calculations entered in lines 5, 6, and 7.

(2) Enter the threshold crossing height
(TCH). When a threshold is displaced, enter the
TCH over the displaced threshold, but do not
identify it as such. If the TCH over the displaced
threshold is below the minimum value specified in
FAA Order 8260.34, enter in accordance with the

Page 8-12

9/16/93

following example:
TCH 382 at displaced THR; 67 at runway end.

(a) Use the runway crown
elevation opposite the GS antenna for TCH
computations when it is determined that the
lateral terrain gradient between the GS/GP
antenna site and runway is relatively smooth and
uniform, regardless of gradient percentage. See
TERPS figure 129A, appendix 2. When terrain
drops off or rises rapidly between the GS antenna
and the runway, the TCH computations will be
based on the ground elevation of the GS
antenna site. See TERPS figure 129, appendix
2. Computation results shall be rounded to the
nearest foot.

(b) The character of the terrain,
effective GS elevation, and TCH will be
determined by agreement between Airway
Facilities and FPB personnel.

Note: Flight inspection, as well as
instrument data bases, shall be based
upon the same GP _ orientation
elevation. Use AMIS as the official
data source.

7 (c) Paragraph (a) above does NOT
apply to facilities flight inspected under Order
8240.47. For these facilities, the RDH is the
TCH.

h, Line 8

(1) Enter the identification and type of
facility from which the MSA is computed. On
ILS and LOC procedures, an NDB or VOR facility
located on the localizer course shall be used to
provide MSA information when available. If an
omni-directional navaid is not available on the
LOC course, the primary omni-directional navaid
serving that area shall be used. When the MSA
facility is an LOM, enter only the identification
and type of facility.

(2) Enter the MSA information clockwise
by sectors, if used. Sectors are referenced to
bearings from the primary omni-directional
navaid as follows:

Chap 8
Par 811d(5)


CHAN U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION | 9569 19 CHG 1
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION

9/18/98

SUBJ: FLIGHT PROCEDURES AND AIRSPACE

1. PURPOSE. This change transmits revised pages to Order 8260.19C, Flight Procedures and
Airspace.

2. DISTRIBUTION. This order is distributed in Washington headquarters to the branch level of the
offices of System Safety, Aviation Policy and Plans, Air Traffic Systems Development, Aviation
Research, Communications, Navigation, and Surveillance Systems, Airport Safety and Standards; to
Flight Standards, Air Traffic, and Airway Facilities Services; and to the National Flight Data Center
(NFDC); to the National Flight Procedures Office, the National Airway Systems Engineering, and
Regulatory Standards Divisions at the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center; to the branch level in the
regional Flight Standards, Air Traffic, Airway Facilities, and Airports Divisions; to all Flight Inspection
Offices; International Flight Inspection Office; the Europe, Africa, and Middle East Area Office; Flight
Standards District Airway Facilities Field Offices; special mailing list ZVN-826; and Special Military
and Public Addressees.

3. CANCELLATION. This change cancels Order 8260.25B, Implementing Epoch Year
Magnetic Variation Values, dated February 11, 1986.

4. EXPLANATION OF CHANGES.

a. Portions of Chapters 1, 2, and 3 are rewritten to reflect organizational changes and
reassignment of responsibilities of the Flight Standards Service (AFS) and the Aviation System
Standards (AVN).

b. Responsibilities of the National Flight Data Center (NFDC) are more clearly defined.

c. Computer Generated Forms. Modifies instructions for the use of computer generated forms
in the development of instrument procedures.

5. DISPOSITION OF TRANSMITTAL. After filing, this change transmittal should be retained.

PAGE CONTROL CHART

REMOVE PAGES DATED INSERT PAGES DATED
1-1] thru 1-10 9/16/93 1-1 thru 1-9 9/18/98
2-1 thru 2-32 9/16/93 2-1 thru 2-28 9/18/98

Distribution: A-W(SY/PO/UA/AR/ND/AS/AT/FS/AF)-3; ATA-100(1SCYS); AVN-100(1S0CYS); Initiated By: AFS-400
AOS-200(10C YS); AMA-200(80CYS); A-X(FS/AT/AF/AS)-3, A-FFS-4(ALL); AEU-1(10CYS);
A-FFS-7(STD); A-FAF-2/3/7(STD); ZVN-826; Special Military and Public Addressees


8260.19C 9/16/93
Appendix 4

RADIO FIX AND HOLDING DATA RECORD

AIRSPACE DOCKET Fix STATE
NAME XX IRADAR
DME VHF
BUZZY VHFAF Wa NE
TYPE OF ACTION XT ESTABLISH CANCEL
. RADI
1 RADIO FIX (check one) MODIFY NO CHANGE
FACILITY TYPE FACILITY 1 FACILITY 2 FACIITY 3
NAME MERCY (I-MCE) ROONEY APPROACH
TYPE / CLASS / CATEGORY Loca ASR
RADIAL / COURSE / BEARING NW CRS (824.45) 5
DME DISTANCE (trom) - 5.8 RADAR®
MRAIMAA 10/45 107100 1
B. DISTANCE FROM FACILITY: TLEAST DIVERGENCE ANGLE:
HF
©. AIRIGROUND wit SATISFACTORY by tye “7
COMMUNICATIONS ROONEY ATCT oN X [UH 1000 MSL
FACIUTY | TYPE/CLASS | RADIALCRS | OME MRAMAA | CHECKED BY DATE
D. MRA OF OTHER T
FACILITIES AT T
THIS FIX
|
AUTHORIZED USE OF THIS FIX
AIRSPACE COMPULSORY | ON REQUEST HOLDING TALT. CHANGE | ARRIVAL T DEPARTURE | FLAG REC'D
Low xX x im
HIGH I H I
FLAG NOTE:
F. RADIO FIX IS (Check one) % [APPROVED T_ {DISAPPROVED T__| RESTRICTED
2 HOLDING TYPE OF ACTION [ESTABLISH CANCEL
(Check one) [MODIFY [TNO CHANGE:
‘A_HOLDING REQUIRED
PAT. | DIRECTION IDENT TPE RAD/CRS/BRG | CRS INBOUND | TURN (LorR) | TIME / DME OUTBOUND
1 7
2 7
3 I l I 1
B. HOLDING ALTITUDES
PATTERN ALL_AIRGRAFT 170-175K ‘| __-200-230K 265K sOK
1
2
3

©, REASON FOR NONSTANDARD HOLDING:

D. HOLDING 1S (Check one) ]|__ [APPROVED TX | DISAPPROVED | RESTRICTED
3. REMARKS: T FACILITY 4
{NAME |
FIX USE: MERCY, NE - LOC RWY 13. [TYPE /CLASS |
[TRADIAUCRS |
* BUZZY RADAR 5.8 NM RADAR FIX AER 13, MERCY, NE. (pMeost_
[MRA/MAA |

LATRONG: 410246.21/0973251.61
FAA Form 8260 - 2 (computer generated)

Figure a4-4

Page 6


9/16/93

8260.19C
Appendix 5

s30vd 40 avd (payesouab seindwios) ¢ - 9978 WHOA V4
9819081 ‘0aLvO) 60 da St ‘IL LaWy ‘It AMY ST iro a13td UINOOH 09 ‘wadTNOg GNVHD
o1 ‘Lawy| 1WaLJLNGO! "3WWN LHOduIV
‘aNS} _:alva _3AWOassa (‘ON LONW/ ON 3YNGIIOud Aunova | zoey :3ZaL esey :NouWARIa BIVis ONY ALO

w/t 2-008 0 AV $

Wh 2-002 0 v9 ‘2-004 2'a'v 1vd © !3SYNOD Y3ZI1VIO1NO N3HM 3WG 1r9-13SN ‘SALON
veo whe ovss wo web O9s wes 1 Ores zs J oecs ONITSHIO-
| ave we [| ons | oc | wi | ovis | ave zw | ows | ove ua oars uo 901-s
oz aw zeos oz | a ~zeos | ooz | “a [_ee0s 00z i zcos u sues
Wein] sia_| vowmal wwiwn| sia | vonma| wrivH] sia_| vowmal wHvn| sia__|vanmalwHivn| sin | vanmo
a a FY @ v <==2== AUODALVO
$ quvanvis 007 @ sul | VN ‘anvnual LuOduly SIMI BOs S1-092e WHOS Ww 33S |X] GuvaNwis| | ‘4403,vL
SWOWINIW:
30 VBA HOOd3 avl VA OW (0101 SO-SZE ‘00L01 SZz-SCt ‘0OSIs SCI-SbO GON AHA WOU VSN ©
09 HOL  Sfz ‘STONY SOL
WI 8S0S WA 1020 WO WOS2 VLINUSLVLIVSD 0092 “Ld NI SO NIN '9
zit ANVSO “Voor SLvH Ost W190 WN IS* WO WOUd OTL OL Asia's
ATWO D018 # 0008 ANOHH ‘0082 VLINUS :L1y ‘NIN ‘»
Isy “OWL 16 ‘d¥WOL svsisia BNOHY dvd ICEL ‘Ovd C
2
aw) ViINUA JO SSW OL NIHLIM AS 0008 GNNOBLNO te16z 3SYNOD 3ORGIS 7 Id “t

CtovBOW/IeLOSE HAMOL S0ZL TLV

‘viva LHONA ‘WwNOULIGOY! coco (iro) ov'e/tc itt ANVWO 3NOHY SQN Nd
oops ro) twrerie te ANVGON WLINHS VOT
“ONNOBNE 111 ‘LYM GOH ONY aan 0006 (oce-u7 1rd) Suv awa Pt (WdON) VINO MO OVLHOA 1°9 922-H
Nw 193HIG 0008 Of NUNL LHOI DNIGWITD NBHL ‘009s OL

@WITD ‘DLV A@ G2L93UI0 N3HM HO !010H ONY DVLHOA IF ool! ‘uv aNd pt OVLHOA IPD 822-4 (av) MO OVLYOA IPD LIz-4
419341 0000! O41 NUNL LHOI DNIGWITD N3HL 008s O1 AWI1D 008 Upp) osatett Waon) vawor av syovww
“KH SND Ot iv wo aNOHY core (tve-u tro) zezs/tzt9t (don) LNIVWOT (40 ANI ASS3L

SALI SIWW_ ee, 901 ‘Ho aH wy ‘su { ganuniy | soNvisia anv _asunoo OL woud

HOvVOuddY GaSSIN Sainow WNIWuaL

"WA 1995 Ut 30 SOUL QpNIAS UH OME Yuya SonQeSYA Klaoxe “pay 6z'16 tivd ivs
SeyuouIO SSQIUN Saji FEORTRU Ul OFF SGQUTISIQ “UONEADID LOdWe Grogs 99) 1 OA? SBUNIED| wonensjupupy uopeAy jerapay
[Paleoipuy esyuiowto ssojun sopnigge WUNLUYULY G8 SOPMLY “WH PUP 'HOL “WH ‘LH 1daaxe} 3YNGAIOUd HOVOUddVLNAWNUYLSNI uowepodsuss, jo jusugmdag *s 'f,
“ISW 106) uy om Soprugre pus suNEAe; “onoUBEUs a” sjepe! puR ‘sesindd ‘sGuIpEaY ‘sBULwEG QUVONVLS - STL

Figure A5~3

Page 4


9/16/93

8260.19C

SECTION 4. COMPLETION OF FAA FORMS
8260-4/-7/-10/-15

831. GENERAL.

This section contains information applicable to
the completion of Forms 8260-4, 8260-7, 8260-10,
and 8260-15. Basic guidance on the completion of
Forms 8260-4/7/10 is covered in section 2, and
only items which differ from that guidance are
contained in this section. Complete instructions
are included for the Form 8260-15, Departure
Procedures/Takeoff Minimums.

882. FAA FORM 8260-4, RADAR.

Instructions for completion of Forms 8260-3/5/7/: 10
are also applicable to Form 8260-4, except as
follows:

a. Radar Terminal Area Maneuvering Sectors
and Altitudes. When an MVA chart for these
areas has been certified for ATC use by the FIAO,
this data shall not be repeated on the FAA Form
8260-4. In such cases, enter a note describing the
source of the data as follows:

“As established by the current Macon
ASR Minimum Vectoring Altitude
Chart."

(1) Where the MVA at the FAF is equal
to/less than the FAF altitude, document the final
segment on FAA Form 8260-9. See also
paragraph 832d(1).

(2) Where the MVA at the FAF or at fixes
preceding the FAF is greater than the FAF
altitude, document those segments prior to the
FAF on FAA Form 8260-9. See also paragraph
832d(2).

b. Radar Missed Approach Point and Missed
Approach Instructions. A missed approach point
and missed approach instructions shall be
provided for each runway authorized radar
straight-in landing minimums. A missed
approach point and missed approach instructions
shall also be provided when only circling
minimums are authorized. This data should be
included in the missed approach section of the
Form 8260-4, Radar missed approach procedures
should return the aircraft to a fix or facility

Chap 8
Par 831

without a requirement for radar guidance. If
sufficient space is not available, only the missed
approach point data should be included and the
missed approach instructions placed in the
NOTES section or on the 8260-10 continuation
sheet,

ec. Approach Minimums. The minimums
section shall be completed as indicated in
paragraph 813.

d. Radar Notes.

(1) Establish a FAF, minimum altitude
(glide slope intercept altitude for PAR), and final
approach course for each runway for which radar
procedures are established. Runway designation
may be omitted if only one runway has a radar
approach,

(2) For ASR, provide recommended
altitudes for each mile on final, but not below
the lowest MDA.

(a) Calculations are made using:
- FAF altitude

- Touchdown zone elevation (airport elevation
for circling-only approaches or missed approach
point elevation for point-in-space approaches)

- Distance from FAF to threshold when
straight-in authorized (distance from FAF to
missed approach point when circling-only
minimums are authorized, or for point-in-space
approaches). Recommended altitudes shall be
rounded to the nearest 20-foot increment.

(b) For ASR circling-only approaches,
calculations to airport elevation could result in
recommended altitudes exceeding 400 feet per
mile descent gradient. If this occurs, adjust the
recommended altitudes so the descent gradient
(before rounding) does not exceed 400 feet per
mile. Consider relocating the MAP or moving the
FAF outward from the runway to achieve an
acceptable descent gradient.

Page 8-29


8260.19C 9/16/93
Appendix 4
NAME:
‘4. AIR TRAFFIC REQUESTS APPROVAL OF REFERENCED FX Fi cCeUuN
COMPULSORY ‘AIRSPACE STRUCTURE XTtow Actitue
A. REPORTING POINT ‘XToONn REQUEST FOR WHICH FIX IS DESIRED HIGH ALTITUDE
8B. HOLDING
PAT. ‘SPEED ‘AIRSPACE SPEED AIRSPACE SPEED ‘AIRSPACE SPEED AIRSPACE
. 170-175 [| OL n_ | 200-230 |. [HW 265 t H 310 t_ [a
1
2
3
COMPLETELY WITHIN CONTROLLED AIRSPACE / # answer is “NO* indicate Air Traffic ection Yes NO
€. HOLDING required in item 3 "REMARKS") x
AREAS
CLEAR OF RESTRICTED / WARNING AREAS x
5. CHART PUBLICATION x REQUIRED
- NOT REQUIRED
TERMINAL] SID STAR TAL AL ENROUTE LOW ENROUTE HIGH
PRESENT. x
FIX
REQUESTED x
PRESENT “X__j Nore:
ING
HOLD REQUESTED. x
DATE: | FACILITY: SIGNATURE:
6. INITIATED 09/02/92 AVN-270 W. HINDSIGHT
7. CONTROLLING OBSTRUCTIONS
PATTERN] AIRCRAFT OBSTRUCTION | COORDINATES | ELEVATION (ms!) CRITERIA DETERMINATION
1 200-230 TOWER 331610/964917 1849 Pa MAP STUDY
2
3
DATE CHECKED: TCHECKED BY: D. PUGNOSE
7/3/92 |
‘8. FLIGHT INSPECTION: '9._ REVISION RECORD.
LOW ALTITUDE HIGH ALTITUDE | REVISION NO. DATE OF REVISION:
FIDO / FIFO OKC FIFO 3 9/2192
VALIDATION DATES | 7/28/92 ii
‘SUPERSEDES: DATED:
2 12/22/80
10. REASON FOR REVISION:
LUE VOR/DME DELETED FROM FIX MAKEUP DUE TO FACILITY DECOMMISSIONING.
DFW VORTAC ADDED TO FIX MAKEUP.
CHANGED MRA TO MATCH AIRWAY MEA,
DOCUMENTED UNPLANNED HOLDING,
11. FIFO iDATE: FIFO: ‘SIGNATURE:
APPROVAL 09/02/92 AVN-270 W. HINDSIGHT
12. DISTRIBUTION |NFDC: IREGION/AREA: |ARTCC: AVN: |FIFO: ToTHER:
(No. of copies} ATM-600 ASW-220 zFw | AVN-220 oKc [DFW ATCT
13, WASHINGTON LNOT REQUIRED
. T
‘ACTION COMPLETED | DATE EFFECTIVE

Page 12

Figure ad-8a


9/16/93 8260.19C

& REGIONAL/FIFO ENDORSEMENT Not Recommended
Not Required

Comments

ATC requires the 2.75 degree glide slope angle to retain a cardinal altitude at the
outer marker.

Date [Routing Symbot Signature
5/13/84 IAD FIFO Manager
[Approval Recommended
9. AVN ENDORSEMENT X_[ Not Recommended
[Not Required
Comments

The quoted equivalent level of safety is not adequate in this case.

Alternate courses of action are available. Waiver approval would establish an
unacceptable precedent.

Dae [Routing Symbol ‘Signature
6/23/84 AVN-200 Manager, Flight Procedures and Inspection Division
‘Approved
10. AFO ACTION X_| Dissporoved
Not Requyed
Comments

The decision height must be increased in accordance with TERPS paragraph 938b(1) until
action to provide required obstacle clearance is completed.

Daie Roving Symbor Signature
11/1/84 AFS-400 Manager, Technical Programs Division
Figure 9-4a
Chap 9

Par 9031 Page 9-9


9/16/93

7

8260.19C
Appens

$30Vd 40 Bova (paye19u96 soinduios) g - o928 WHO+ WW
ovasars ala @ AaW ‘ec AMY AWC/HOA avo vals aL1avow 41n‘aL1avow
t Lanv}
nd *HAISLLNSG! [BWYN LYOduiIV|
ns] __:aiva aauwoadsa /'ON LaWV/‘ON 3uNaz00ud Aintova|ssy azaL bse ——:NOLLWARIA ALLS QNV_ALIO

“NOLLWH3dO NI C1¥0-H NAHM WN 3HNGa90ud

“oot SvaW
‘TW 39N03u ONY ‘NILES HALAWILT 1V907 3SN 3DIAU3S ONILUOdTH H3HLV3M OIAOUddV HLIM SHOLVH3dO.

“DNILLAS H3L3WI11V NOILONNL ONVHD 3SN 'S3LON

oct c oaes soci ¢ | oses wat eves [voce [wit aes ONITONID
‘tect t oaes | cect € oees we ooes | cecn | tt oaes ces.
WHitvH| SIA vow |wvH/ivH] SIA VOW | WH /LvH] SIA vow SIA vow |vvHiivi| sia vow
FI a 2 a v <=ss2= AYOOSLVO
LX[ vn Sivauanv LUOdulV SIHL YS $1-092 WHOS Ww 33s [><] GuvaNvis] | :4J03yVvL
SWOWININ
SL 28V3A HO0d3 351 HVA OVW 00901 090-aC¢ ‘00001 Oct-OFz ‘OOrL OFz-051 ‘Ove! 051-000 SN/HOA BVO -WOUs VSW 8
00¢9 OWNS ‘0099 INNVA LIVNI’
(sy QL = sd WW OL Jv4.1S10 OWWNs v4 OOLIE Ose
2
Gw) 3NNVA 40 S37IW O1 NIHLIM 14 0008 ONNOBLNO o'er _3SUNOD 4O RGIS 7 td ‘t
cc ‘St SAMUISWA ooce (zet-¥ avo) orsoozic BG 16~/OTKNS aNNVA
C1yo-Y LUVHO 088 (et-y avo) o2:Zoo'L1e aNNYA 3019
IZiveol/et ive SIIuL 6275 +1580 SVs (ec1-u avo)

“GNNOGNI 00'901 ‘17 'M CON 0008 (2iz-4 1) te'e/00'zc0 (don) aaqwo (avo ANE WING

iviva LHONs wNoUIGay
ad 008 (21z-u LP) te'e/o0'L1z aon) awa tevaa vo (av) awa o0'or sroviati
| 008 o0'9/oo'zet BING 00'9/ANNVA 3WG/UOA BVO
! oooa Woweo'Z0 aWQ/HOA BVO Wa 00'6e 3AH/S3103

“GOH QNV ANG/HOA GVO 1944IG 0008 OL NUNL |

AHOIY N31 ‘982 GVO VIA 0029 O1 NUN 1437 ONIGWITD |

a 008 zweleo'zer BWQ/HOA BVO AWG 000" LO/HHOUY
BNO os‘o/el-Y avo ‘dvW | SQNLuIW | 3ONVISIG GNV 3SUNOD OL woud
HOVOUddY O3SSIN s3inou IWNIWuaL

meme a De nora ee eee se ean tas eaorannd or
sy0\9O SSOIUN SopNyERE MANU Om SONNY "WEI PLY HOL “WH “LH HaoK0 “ISH BUNGIIOUd HOVOHddV LNSWNYLSNI GHVONVLS aWa/UOA

; "1004 Ul e78 Sopmiaye puw sucHEreT] “SyouBeW om sfeipe: puR ‘sesinoD ‘sbuIipeay ‘sSu)w2g NOLLVELSININGY NOLLVIAV TWH3034 - NOLLVLHOdSNVHL 4O IN3WLYVd30 ‘SN

Figure A7-13

Page 14


8260.19C

"FAC 1 & 4 CHART EN ROUTE LOW, FAC 1,
2, & 4 SID CHARTING." When it is necessary
to clarify the charting requirements for holding
pattern(s), list holding pattern charting.

(4) MINIMUM TURNING ALTITUDE
(MTA). When an MTA is required by TERPS
paragraph 1714(c), enter the MTA in the
REMARKS section.

(5) Radar Fix. If applicable, explain
reference "*" from Block 1, DME DISTANCE; e.g.,
"* RADAR FIX 5.8 NM FROM AER 13,
MERCY, NE."

g. BLOCK 4. AIR TRAFFIC REQUESTS
APPROVAL OF REFERENCED FIX FOR:

(1) NAME. Enter the name of the
approved fix. See paragraph 905b. This block
will assist in correlating front and back sides of
the form when using PerFORM PRO to make two-
sided copies.

(2) REPORTING POINT. Indicate
whether a compulsory or an on-request reporting
point is required. Indicate the airspace structure
for which the fix is desired.

See also paragraph 905a.

(8) HOLDING. Enter the minimum and
maximum holding altitudes authorized by air
traffic and required for each aircraft speed
category and for each holding pattern. Enter the
template number of the holding pattern required
for the highest altitude authorized in low and
high strata for each speed category and for each
holding pattern. When no holding is specified,
leave blank. For VOR/DME RNAV, the distance
from the WP to the reference facility shall be
applied as the "fix-to-NAVAID distance" in figure
3 of FAA Handbook 7130.3, Holding Pattern
Criteria. For non-VOR/DME RNAV, use the
"15-29.9NM" distance column for terminal
holding, and the "30 NM and over" distance
column for en route holding in figure 3 of FAA
Handbook 7130.3.

(4) HOLDING AREAS, Indicate whether
all holding is completely within controlled
airspace and clear of restricted or warning areas.
When holding is not completely within controlled
airspace or clear of restricted or warning areas,
an entry shall be made in the REMARKS section

Page 9-16

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

9/16/93

indicating the action required by ATC. Example:
"Prior coordination required with
controlling agency for holding over
R-5508A/B and/or Brush Creek MOA." When
no holding is authorized, leave blank,

h, BLOCK 5. CHART PUBLICATION.
Indicate whether charting is required or not
required. For a "special" SIAP, check "not
required.” If no longer required, leave the
"requested" block blank. When required, indicate
the fix charting requirements for Terminal
(AREA), Standard Instrument Departure (SID),
Approach Landing Charts (AL), En Route Low,
and En Route High. Use the JAL column for all
military SIAP charting, low and high. Indicate
the holding charting requirements for Terminal
(AREA), SID, JAL, and AL. When additional
charting requirements are needed, such as EN
ROUTE holding, indicate the requirement in the
NOTE section. If additional space is required,
use the REMARKS section. See paragraph 907e.

i. BLOCK 6. INITIATED. Enter the date,
sponsoring facility, and the name and signature
of the individual who initiated this form.

j. BLOCK 7,
OBSTRUCTIONS.

CONTROLLING

(1) Documentation. Enter the aircraft
speed category (if the minimum altitudes for all
speed categories are the same, show only the
highest speed category); the controlling
obstruction (obstacle description and NOS
obstacle number if applicable); coordinates (to
the hundredth of a second); MSL elevation (to
the nearest foot); criteria (pattern template
number, P-4, P-8, etc., corresponding to the
minimum holding altitude established for each
speed category); the determination (method
used to determine the controlling obstruction) for
each pattern - e.g., map study, IAPA, etc. Enter
the study date and the name of the individual
who conducted the study.

NOTE: No entries are required for
patterns in the high altitude strata
within the CONUS.

(2) Holding Pattern Analysis. Analyze
holding patterns incrementally for all altitudes
requested by ATC and for all speed categories.

Chap 9
Par 905f(3)


8260,19C
Appendix 4

9/16/93

RADIO FIX AND HOLDING DATA RECORD

AIRSPACE DOCKET FIX STATE
NAME we
OME VHF
91-ANM-31 JASIN VFA F co
TYPE OF ACTION X [ESTABLISH [CANCEL
1. RADIO FIX
(check one) MODIFY TNO CHANGE:
‘A. FACILITY TYPE FACILITY 1 FACILITY 2 FACILITY 3
NAME DENVER (DEN)
TYPE / CLASS / CATEGORY H-VORTAC-4
RADIAL / COURSE / BEARING 312.62 (324.92)
DME DISTANCE (trom) 15.13
MRAMAA e575
3, DISTANCE FROM FACILITY: [LEAST DIVERGENCE ANGLE:
WITH HF aT
AN
SOT ORTIONS DEN APP/DEP CON SATISFACTORY DX [VHF
BJC TOWER XX [VHF 6500 MSL
FACILITY | TYPE/CLASS | RADIAL CRS OME MAAMAA | CHECKED BY DATE
D. MRA OF OTHER,
FACILITIES AT
THIS FIX Te i
E, AUTHORIZED USE OF THIS FIX
AIRSPACE COMPULSORY ON REQUEST| HOLDING [ALT. CHANGE| ARRIVAL | DEPARTURE | FLAG REOD
LOW I |
HIGH ] l l
FLAG NOTE:
F. RADIO FIX IS (Check one) [X [APPROVED |__| DISAPPROVED TRESTRICTED
2 HOLOING TYPE OF ACTION XX [ESTABLISH T CANCEL,
(Check one) | MODIFY TNO CHANGE
‘A_HOLDING REQUIRED
PAT. | DIRECTION | IDENT | TYPE | RAD/CRS/BRG | CRS INBOUND | TURN (Lor) | TIME / DME OUTBOUND
1 NW l WP. i 313 133 { L { =/ 4
2 f i L
3 I | l | /
B_HOLDING ALTITUDES
PATTERN ‘ALL_AIRCRAFT 170-175 K 200-230K | 265K 310K
1 07140 907180 |
2 |
3 T I
©. REASON FOR NONSTANDARD HOLOING: TERRAIN
D. HOLDING 1S (Check one) T__JAPPROVED [_[ DISAPPROVED "X [RESTRICTED
3, REMARKS: FACILITY 4
NAME
FIX USE: JEFFCO, DENVER, CO - RNAV RWY 29R TYPE CLASS
| RADIAUCRS |
JASIN WP COLLOCATED WITH JASIN INT. lDwEbST
HOLDING LIMITED TO ESTABLISHED PATTERN. [MBA/MAA
LATRONG: 400019.41/1050424.01
FAA Form 8260 - 2 (computer generated)
Figure AT

Page 2


8260.19C

9/16/93

SECTION 4. RADIO FIX AND HOLDING DATA RECORD
FAA FORM 8260-2

904, INTRODUCTION.

a. General. All civil and military named fixes
and holding patterns shall be documented on FAA.
Form 8260-2. Named facilities do not require this
documentation unless holding is established. See
also paragraph 833c(1). FAA Forms 8260-2 may
be initiated by either Air Traffic facilities or the
FIAO. When initiated by Air Traffic facilities, the
forms shall be submitted through the regional
FPB to the FIAO for review, approval, and
processing. When initiated by the FIAO, the
information shall be coordinated with the
appropriate AT facilities. The forms shall be
distributed in accordance with paragraph 9050.

b. Entries. All radial/course/bearing entries
are magnetic unless otherwise noted. Distances
less than one mile shall have a zero before the
decimal.

ce. Storage. All domestic and certain foreign
named fixes and holding requirements are
entered into NFDC’s computer for permanent
storage, and are published in FAA Handbook
7350.6, Location Identifiers.

905. PREPARATION OF FAA FORM 8260-2.

a. AIRSPACE DOCKET NUMBER. Enter the
docket number when the request is associated
with an airspace action. If no docket number,
leave blank. A docket number is required when
a compulsory reporting point is established,
modified, or canceled.

b. NAME. Enter the name of the approved
fix. Intersection (INT) after the name of the fix is
not necessary. See paragraph 264.

(1) DESIGNATOR. When the fix is a
navigation facility, include the facility; eg.,
DENVER VORTAC, JACKSON VOR, RHONE
OM, AVON NDB, ARUBA LOM, BONLI FM.

(2) MULTIPLE DESCRIPTION, When
a fix is identified by more than one method,
include these methods in the fix type blocks.
When an RNAV waypoint is collocated with
another type of fix, use the same name for both.

Page 9-12

(3) FIX TYPE. Enter the fix type(s) in
the appropriate box(es), eg. DME, VHF,
VHF/LF, LF, or combinations thereof. List the
following above the fix type boxes: for an RNAV
waypoint, enter an X followed by WP; for MLS,
enter an X followed by MLS; for MLS RNAV,
enter an X followed by MLS WP; for a RADAR
Fix, enter an X followed by RADAR. If facility
only, no entry is required in "Fix Type" boxes.

ce, STATE, Enter the two letter identifier of
the state in which the fix is located. If the fix
location is offshore, the name of the nearest state
shall be used. Use GU for Guam. If the fix is
outside the U.S. CTA/FIR, use OA for Offshore
Atlantic, OG for Offshore Gulf of Mexico, or OP
for Pacific.

d. BLOCK 1. RADIO FIX.

(1) TYPE OF ACTION. Enter in the
appropriate box the type of action being taken.
This is applicable to block 1 only, and NOT to be
confused with block 2, HOLDING.

(2) FACILITY BLOCKS. En route:
Where a crossing radial/bearing establishes a fix
along an airway, list the on-course facility as
Facility 1, and the off-course facility as Facility 2.
Where a fix is established at the intersection of
two airways, list the source facility farthest from
the fix as Facility 1, and the crossing source
facility as Facility 2. If a third facility is
involved, list it as Facility 3. If more than three
facility blocks are required, enter the additional
facility information in the REMARKS section.
Terminal: The facility providing positive course
guidance is Facility 1. If the fix is DME, list the
DME source, if other than facility 1, as Facility 2.
If the fix is an intersection, list the crossing
course facility as Facility 2. If a third facility is
involved, list it as Facility 3. If more than three
facility blocks are required, enter the additional
facility information in the REMARKS section.

Chap 9
Par 904


9/16/93 8260.19C

Appendix 4
RADIO FIX AND HOLDING DATA RECORD
AIRSPACE DOCKET Fix ISTATE
NAME, X JRADAR
X% [ome VHF
Fuzzy VHF/LF uF an
TYPE OF ACTION % [ESTABLISH CANCEL
1. RADIO FIX {check one) MODIFY ‘NO CHANGE
‘A. FACILITY TYPE, FACILITY 1 FACILITY 2 FACILITY 3
NAME HIGHHAT (HGH) NUTTY APPROACH
TYPE / CLASS / CATEGORY L-VORTAC-1 ASR
RADIAL / COURSE / BEARING (049.00 (056.00) :
DME DISTANCE (from) 8.00 ‘5.0 RADAR =
MRAMAA 16n75 16/100
B._DISTANGE FROM FACILITY: LEAST DIVERGENCE ANGLE:
HF
©. AIFYGROUND WITH SATISFACTORY 7 yag “7
COMMUNICATIONS NUTTY ATCT ON STE 1600 st
FACILITY | TYPE/CLASS | RADIAL CRS DME | MRAMAA | CHECKED BY DATE
D. MRA OF OTHER
FACILITIES AT
THIS FIX
E. AUTHORIZED USE OF THIS FIX
AIRSPACE | COMPULSORY | ON REQUEST HOLDING ALT. CHANGE ARRIVAL DEPARTURE | FLAG REC'D
Low i
HIGH I {
FLAG NOTE:
F__RADIO FIX_IS (Check one) % [APPROVED |__| DISAPPROVED RESTRICTED
2. HOLDING TYPE OF ACTION 1 ESTABLISH CANCEL
(Check one} i MODIFY NO CHANGE
‘A_HOLDING REQUIRED
PAT. [DIRECTION IDENT TYPE RAD/CRS/BRG | CRS INBOUND | TURN (LorR) | TIME 7 DME OUTBOUND
1 | t i i
2 I l i
3 I | i
B_ HOLDING ALTITUDE:
PATTERN | ALL AIRCRAFT 470-375 K 200 - 230K i] 265K OK
1 |
2 I
3 |
C. REASON FOR NONSTANDARD HOLDING:
'D. HOLDING IS (Check one) | [APPROVED TX | DISAPPROVED [RESTRICTED
3, REMARKS: FACILITY 4
RAME
FIX USE: NORTH LITTLE ROCK, AR - VOR RWY 35 TYPE CLASS
VOR/DME RWY 35 RADIALICRS {
OME DIST,
* FUZZY RADAR 5.0 NM RADAR FIX AER 35, NORTH LITTLE ROCK, AR. MRAIMAA
LATRONG: 362743.81/0940534.91
FAA Form 8260 - 2 (computer generated)

Figure A4-3

Page 5


8260.19C

Appendix 7

16/93

saDvd 40 39vd (payesauaB 1aindwos) g - 9978 WHOA WW
zenneee _3tval 2 LOWY ‘22 AMY ANG/UOA oxW ‘WwNotoay SS3uEXa HO ‘NOLONIN
1 Lany|
*UALLLNAOI SSWYN LuOdtiIY|
dNs| _:BLva _SAWoadI3 /'ON LONV/ ‘ON 3uNGII0ud Autiova| wor :azaL tot :NOLLWAST3| BLVIS GNV ALO

"0009 HAY OL ALMUBISIA O LVD 22-S BSVIUONt 'I-4STW BAILVHAdONI HOS
“LNBW3ONVUUY HOlHd AG 1d39X3 SAVONOH HO AVONNS/AVGHNLVS VN 3UNGIDONd
“AVL NO SLHDI HOVOUddY ONV ‘SLHOM AVMNNY “ONILLIS Y3LIWIL TV 1V901 NIVLGO ‘S3LON

609 z Opt |__ 829 _we t ool 4) a ooll | 62a 1 | OoLt ‘ONTTDUID |
or (005 oost | sev | oooy | ovsi | ca» | cove | ooss | cov coz cost | zs
SWOWINIA ONILLAS UBLAWIL TY O4V NOSUILIVE-LHOIUM,
cos z over | cos wit | cast | eos t cost [cos t est ONNDUID
ot 000s ool 6st ove ort oot 00pz oor | ost Ove Oort wes
WHitvH] sta] von |WHiAvH| SIA vow |vwHitvH] sia wow _|wH/tvH] SIA vow |vwHivH] sia | vow
a a FY a v <5=55= AWOOALWO
xT vn Sivnwan LUOduIV SIL HOS St-092e WHOS Ww4 33S |_| GuVONVIS| Xx | “J4O3NVL
SWNWINIW

(08 VBA HOOd3 MERA OVA ONE 096-022 ‘0097 047-096 AN/UOA OXW "WOU VSN 'O
ooe2 FTUAX_ LIV ‘NIN "+
WS QTHL dVW 01 sv4 LS!10 BIN avs tove2 Ovd'C
2
aw) 37uny JO SIM Ot NIHLIM 14S 008% GNNOGLNO O'vvo ASUNOD 4O RGIS 1 Id ‘t

6099-4 “LUVHO.

“CTL WOU 000¢ G3GN3LXA V9 AMY S3SSOHD OV4

toorcwovezec S2auL S611 :1SG0 Sv4

“ONNOGN CO'vzz “LH ‘BN GOH

*Viv0_LHOM TwNOILIGaY
oosz 00'9/c0'rro aqua BW/HOA OXW
oooz 19°8/Z0'S80 BWO/HOA OXH ANI VNN3H
“QNOH ONY 3WQ/HOA OXN 193410
N3HL O1€ NIGH VIA 000 OL NUL LHDIY ONGWIID . a/20"
ee co8z (nro Oxi) terazo' yee Udon) awa to'9/3 THN (avo LNt LUNs
ANG IC H/yvo-Y OXI dv | BNL | __JONVISIG GNV_asuNOD OL woud
HOVOuddY GassIN S31NOY “WNIWYaL
Ue 1994 Sotto U4 O18 HOnHA SamHERYSHA Klaaxe “paleaypLy aspwsotgo €2 “26 LtiVd LV - SOIAUAS SOWVONVLS HON
‘Ssojun Sopul jeogneu Ut ax SGOUTISIG “VONEAa;a HOdAE onoge J99} UI aR SGUNIED “Po}EDpUL
eS MUO\BO SEOIUN SOP LINUALIL OA SOPCUNY "YE PLS 'HOL “WH ‘LH 1490x0 “ISW BYNGIIOWd HOVOUddV LNAWNYLSNI! GHYVGNVLS ‘SWO/HOA

100) Ut o1e Sopnigye pue SuoMEna(] ‘onoUBeW Oo sjeIpe) pu ‘sasinco ‘sBupEoy ‘sbuleeg

NOLLVULSININGY NOILVIAV 1¥H3G34 - NOILLVLHOdSNVHL JO IN3WLVd30 'S'n

Figure A7~14

Page 15


8260.19C

For example: AC50, AT100, AS1500, etc. If
necessary explain the code used in Part C -
REMARKS. For ILS/MLS, where obstacles
require a glideslope higher than 3°, enter GS but
exclude the amount of adjustment.

th) Min. Alt. The obstruction
elevation + ROC + altitude adjustment =
minimum altitude (computed); OR, high terrain
elevation + airspace adjustment = minimum
altitude (computed), These values shall then be
rounded as appropriate to hundreds of feet.
Enter the computed and rounded values,
separated by a '/"; e.g., 2554/2600. Make entries
on the obstruction line as well as the airspace
evaluation line. When possible, separate sets of
segment entries with a blank line. The segment
minimum altitude to be published shall be the
higher rounded value, and shall match the
respective altitudes shown on the corresponding
FAA Form 8260-3/4/5/7. For part-time remote
altimeters, make entries in the final/stepdown
“Alt. Adj." and "Min. Alt.” columns on a separate
line just below the entries for full-time altimeter.
The minimum altitude values for final/stepdown
and circling shall be rounded to the next higher
20-foot increment. For ILS/MLS, enter DH and
HAT values separated by a "/"; e.g., 1718/200.

(2) BLOCK 2: Identify the procedure turn
fix/facility under the "From" column. Enter the
procedure turn completion distance under the
"To" column. If a procedure turn is not
authorized, enter "NA" under the "from" column.
Enter "Hold-in-Lieu-of' in the space above
“Procedure Turn" as appropriate. Enter the
Hold-in-Lieu-of-PT facility/fix in the "From"
column, and the holding template number in
the "To" column. Allow two lines for obstruction/
airspace evaluation entries.

(3) BLOCK 3:

(a) Identify the missed approach point
(MAP). For ILS/MLS, list both precision and
nonprecision MAPs (if not collocated), listing
precision first. Enter the elevation of the missed
approach surface (HMAS) at the MAP: enter the
HMAS for ILS/MLS first, then for LOC/AZ.
Separate both figures with a ''/". For the LOC
portion of an ILS with a stepdown, enter the
surface elevation associated with the lowest MDA.
Elaborate in REMARKS as necessary.

Page 9-22

9/16/93

(b) Specify the clearance limit under
the "to" column.

(c) Document the controlling obstacle
(see paragraph 272d(3)), including 40:1 surface
penetrations and 1000’ level surface penetrations,
by obstacle type, coordinates and elevation.
Specify the controlling obstruction, coordinates,
and elevation where a climb gradient is required
for ILS CATs II or III.

({d) Enter"ASC" in the "ROC" column.
Enter the clearance limit altitude in hundreds of
feet MSL. Elaborate in REMARKS, if necessary.

(4) BLOCK 4: Enter the circling data for
each category of aircraft authorized by the
procedure. The required height above the airport
(HAA), the straight-in MDA, or the circling ROC
may determine the minimum circling altitude.
When the minimum altitude has been
established, enter the resulting HAA in the
“actual” block. If two HAA’s are available, enter
both HAA’s separated by a'/. Enter controlling
obstacle type and NOS obstacle number. Enter
controlling obstacle coordinates to the nearest
second. Enter controlling obstacle MSL elevation
followed in parentheses by the appropriate
accuracy code. Enter ROC to the nearest foot.
When HAA controls the circling minimum
altitude, enter "HAA" in the "ALT, ADJUST."
column; when the straight-in MDA controls the
circling minimum altitude, enter "SI. Enter
other adjustment codes and amounts as
appropriate (see Block 1, paragraph g). Enter
only the published minimum altitudes to the next
higher 20’ increment. If use of a remote altimeter
requires a higher minimum circling altitude,
enter both values separated by a '/" (or only the
remote altimeter value, if applicable).

(6) BLOCK 5: Identify the navaid on
which MSAs are predicated, the type of
obstructions and their location by reference to
bearing and distance (nearest 0.1nm) from the
navaid. Enter the controlling obstruction type
(tower, trees, etc.) for each sector. Enter the MSL
elevation of the respective controlling obstacle to
the nearest foot followed in parentheses by the
appropriate accuracy code. Enter the resulting
MSA in the appropriate block in hundreds of feet.
If a "common safe altitude" is established, define
only one sector (360° - 360°) and only the one
controlling obstacle.

Chap 9
Par 909a(1)(g)


6

8260.19C

Appen

9/16/93

sebeg z jo z e6eg {peresusb seyndwos) OL - 0978 WHOF VV
sa/ri/zo :a3Lvq) “
67 LOWY ‘t-uvawe usv 319 TUM! SNINZTO-GNVIdOH HO “ANW1doH
Lid LOWY SuaIJLLNOI TWN LUOduIV
idNS} _:34Va_3AU93433 / ‘ON LOWY / ‘ON 34NGID0ud Auniow tazan Z6L :NOLLWA313 BLS QNV ALID

“GNNOBNI £L0 “LY “M GQTIOH ONY OVLYOA BPO L93uIG DOOE OL NUNL 1437 ONIGWND “waz AMY

“QNNOBNI £L0 “14 ‘M GIOH ONY VLUOA GFG 193uIG O00 OL NUN LHOIY ONIGWITD “Tez 9 Bt AMY

“QNNOGNI 997 “14 “2 QIOH GNV INI SBIHO O1 982-4 UXD GNV ONIGV3H O9C VIA O00E OL BWIID :9f AMY

“QNNOSN! 987 ‘LY ‘3 GIOH GNV INI Sad O1 987-U YXD GNY ONIGV3H O8C VIA OOOE OL NUNL 1437 ONIBWITD *10t 2 49 AMY
SNOLLONYLSNI HOVOUddY G3SSIN

“0009 HAY OL ALITIBISIA G 1V9 ASV3YONI “YSTVW JALLVEIdON! HOS
“9'8'V LV9 OL Alddv LON S300 378V1 JAILVURdONI “17-3
“0009 YAY OL ALIIBISIA C 1VD 3SVAYONI ‘L-4S1V BAILVYRdONI HOS *HS-S

“OOvL SII Z ‘OOLL SATIN € ‘0007 SITIW ¥ ‘OOEZ SITIW S 3ANLU IW G3QN3WWOI3H
“v00 ASUNOD HIVOUddY TWNId ‘OO! XId TU Z SGNLILTY WAWINIW 20097 3GNLULTV WAWINIW “CIOHS3UHL WOU SII 9 44 9f AMY
“OOvL SITIW Z “OOL! SIT € ‘000Z S3TIW ¥ ‘OOEZ SITIW G GNAILTY AIONSWWOIIY “08Z 3SUNOD HIVOUddY TWNId “1G.1NOD) YBZ AMY

“UAW 190) 4 40 soy eIMeTE UY exe YO}YM sOLNGIE 1dedXe “pere>rpUy exmIoNIO
sqqun sou eonned Uj ee seoUNIEIG “uONeAde Lode onag

eopmseyno

“ye0) uy eve sepnigye pur euopeAZ “opeuBew ev ayeiper pu

be “Le Luvd Wv4-301AUaS SOUVONVIS HONS
1 Uf o48 sDUytED —“pererypuy

ePeKNY “VU PUR “HOL “¥VH “LYH deone “SHY 3YNGIDOUd HOVOUddV LNAWNYLSNI GQYVONVLS uvave
nao ‘sdujpeoy “eduyeog NOILVULSININGY NOILVIAW IwuaGad - NOLLVLUOdSNVHL JO LNAWLU dad “SN

oyun eepnyys waunupul as

Figure Aé-la

Page 3


8260.19C

NOTE: "Radar required" procedures
should be avoided whenever possible.

(8) When conditions of paragraphs (1)
and (2) exist at an airport, BOTH Notes apply.

h, Equipment Requirement Notes. Determine
the need for equipment notes after evaluating all
SIAP segments, including missed approach. To
avoid proliferation of equipment requirement
notes, all IFR aircraft are assumed to have at
least one VOR receiver. Therefore, the note "VOR
required" is not appropriate. VOR, ILS, or other
non-ADF approaches may require ADF for
procedure entry or missed approach. Use
standard Note: "ADF required." If radar
vectoring is available, use standard Note: "ADF
or radar required."

i. Approach Light Plane Penetrations. Notes
advising of approach light plane penetrations
shall NOT be processed. When there are
penetrations of the approach light plane, the
responsible region shall take action to either
remove the obstacle or modify the system to
accommodate the obstacle. If this is not possible,
the regional Airway Facilities Division processes
an installation waiver. Existing notes referring
to approach light penetrations shall be removed
from the approach procedure when an appropriate
waiver has been approved.

j. The use of notes to prohibit a final
approach from a holding pattern has been
DISCONTINUED. The following guidelines

apply:

(1) Where a holding pattern is
established at a final approach fix in lieu of a
conventional procedure turn, the minimum
holding altitude shall meet the altitude limitation
requirements of TERPS paragraph 234e(1).

(2) Where a holding pattern is
established at an intermediate fix in lieu of a
conventional procedure turn, the rate of descent
to the final approach fix shall meet the descent
gradient requirements of TERPS paragraph
234e(2).

(3) Where a holding pattern is

established for the missed approach at an
intermediate or final approach fix, and a

Page 8-22

9/16/93

holding pattern is used in lieu of a procedure
turn, the MHA for the missed approach shall
conform to the altitude or descent gradient
requirements of paragraph (1) or (2) above.

(4) Where a holding pattern is
established for the missed approach at an
intermediate or final approach fix, and a
holding pattern is NOT used in lieu of a
procedure turn, a conventional procedure turn
shall also be established to permit pilot flexibility
in executing a course reversal, and descent to
final approach fix altitude.

k. LORAN Magnetic Variation. For pilot use,
state the magnetic variation of the airport of
intended landing. Use standard Note: "Use 20E
magnetic variation".

1, When the missed approach point is more
than two statute miles from the airport, use
standard Note: "Fly visual to airport, 220° -
2.5 miles."

815. MISSED APPROACH.

a. General. The missed approach represents
a critical phase of flight; therefore, the missed
approach should be designed with a minimum of
complexity. The straight ahead missed approach
is the most desirable. Turning missed approaches
should require as few turns as possible. Each
missed approach (except radar) shall terminate at
a clearance limit (fix or facility).

b. Clearance limit altitudes specified in
missed approach instructions may be rounded to
nearest 100’ increments. Other altitudes used
in the missed approach should also use 100’
increments. If this causes construction
difficulties, use of 50’ increments is the preferred
alternative, with use of 20’ increments the last
resort.

ce. Missed Approach Point. On precision
procedures the MAP is established by the DH.
On nonprecision approach procedures, the MAP is
established at a specified fix or at a specified
distance from a fix or facility. On ILS/MLS
procedures, the two MAPs should be coincidental.
Additionally, identify both MAPs - one for the
full ILS/MLS (DH), and one for the LOC/AZ-only
minimums (circling minimums if LOC/AZ

Chap 8
Par 814g(2)


9/16/93

(2) "Category III ILS Special Aircrew

and Aircraft Certification Required. S-ILS
82L: CAT IIA RVR 700; CAT A,B,C,D. CAT

IIIB RVR 600; CAT A,B,C,D. CAT ITIC NA.”

1, Dual Minimums. Dual minimums, when
authorized, shall be entered in boxes constructed
below the preprinted minimums section. Dual
minimums shall not be authorized unless a 60
foot operational advantage is obtained or a
reduction in visibility can be achieved. To avoid
proliferation of dual minimums, all IFR aircraft
are assumed to have at least one VOR receiver.
Dual minimums based on a_ stepdown fix
combined with local and remote altimeter settings
could result in four sets of minimums. However,
only two sets of minimums shall be published on
the 8260 forms. The combinations authorized are:
minimums with and without a stepdown fix; or
minimums with local and remote altimeter
settings.

(1) When authorizing minimums with
and without a stepdown fix and which also
require local and remote altimeter settings, enter
the minimums with and without the stepdown fix
based on the LOCAL altimeter in the two sets of
minimums boxes. Address the minimums with
and without the stepdown fix based on the
REMOTE altimeter setting in a Note and include
the applicable visibility increases. Establish the
required visibility as stated in paragraph 404q.

Note: Normally an airport with an ILS
does not have a remote altimeter
setting. But where this does occur, the
MDA adjustment might not be suitable
for DH adjustment; i.e., the adjustment
might be too great, and the visibility
adjustments might differ.

(a) Compare visibilities to determine
Note format:

1 Where precision and
nonprecision visibility adjustment is the same,
use standard Note: "When local altimeter
setting not received, use (location) altimeter
setting and increase all DH/MDA’s 60 feet,
and all visibilities 1/2 mile." Use this Note also
when visibility is affected in ALL categories;
apply the greatest visibility increase.

Chap 8
Par 813k(2)

8260.19C

2 Where precision and
nonprecision visibility adjustments differ and
visibility is affected in all categories, apply the
greatest visibility increase to all categories and
define application within a standard Note:
"When local altimeter setting not received,
use (location) altimeter setting: increase DH
to 287 feet and all visibilities 1/4 mile;
increase all MDA’s 60 feet and all visibilities
1/2 mile."

3 Where precision and
nonprecision visibility adjustments differ and
visibility is NOT affected in all categories, apply
the greatest visibility increase only to those
categories which are affected and define
application within a standard Note: "When local
altimeter setting not received, use (location)
altimeter setting: increase DH to 287 feet
and visibility CAT D 1/4 mile; increase all
MDAs 60 feet and visibility CATs C and D 1/2
mile."

Note: CAT A is not affected until the
HAT is more than 880 feet; CAT B is
not affected until the HAT is more than
740 feet.

(2) When dual minimums are
appropriate with local and remote altimeter
settings, enter the title: "(LOCATION)
ALTIMETER SETTING MINIMUMS" over the
second set.

(a) When a _ procedure DOES
contain a stepdown fix, but has only local
altimeter setting minimums, enter the straight-in
and circling minimums required without the
stepdown fix in the first set of boxes. Enter both
straight-in and circling minimums required with
the stepdown fix in the second set of boxes.

(b) When a procedure does NOT
contain a stepdown fix, but has both local and
remote altimeter setting minimums, enter the
local altimeter setting minimums in the first set
of boxes and the remote altimeter setting
minimums in the second set of boxes. Use
standard Note: "When local altimeter setting

not received, use (location) altimeter

setting.”
(3) On procedures where the course
Page 8-15


9/16/93

SECTION 5. FORM LETTER FOR COORDINATION OF SIAPs

908. PREPARATION OF COORDINATION
LETTER.

a. Standard Form Letter. A transmittal is
required to distribute FAA Forms 8260-3/4/5/15 to
public users for comment. Comments shall be
considered before the procedure is forwarded for
publication. See paragraph 421. The standard
letter format may apply not only to requests for
user comment, but also to contacts within the
administration. All replies shall be directed to
the regional FPB office.

b. Comment Date. The date requested for
submission of comments may be established based
on the needs of the receiving office. However, at
Jeast 20 working days shall be allowed for reply.

Chap 9
Par 908

8260.19C

Page 9-19


9/16/93 8260.19C

Appendix 4
RADIO FIX AND HOLDING DATA RECORD
AIRSPACE DOCKET FIX ISTATE
NAME,
“& [DME VHF
CELIN VHF/LF itz TM
TYPE OF ACTION ESTABLISH CANCEL
1. RADIO FIX {check one) [MODIFY NO CHANGE
A. FACILITY TYPE FACILITY 1 FACILITY 2 FACILITY 3
NAME BLUE RIDGE (BUS) | DALLAS-FORT WORTH (DFW)
TYPE / CLASS / CATEGORY L-VORTAC-1 H-VORTAC-1
RADIAL / COURSE / BEARING 260.17 (268.17) (018.17 (023.17)
DME DISTANCE (from) 23.00 :
MRAMAA 281175 28175
B. DISTANCE FROM FACILITY: 26 LEAST DIVERGENCE ANGLE: 65
HE
€. AIRVGROUND wiTH SATISFACTORY oe oe
COMMUNICATIONS REGIONAL APP CON oN Tone 2800 MSL
FACILITY _| TYPEICLASS | RADIAL CRS DME | _MAAMAA | CHECKED BY DATE
D. MRA OF OTHER
FACILITIES AT
THIS FIX
i i 1
,_AUTHORIZED USE OF THIS FIX
AIRSPACE TeOMPULSORY|ON REQUEST| HOLDING ALT. CHANGE| ARRIVAL | DEPARTURE | FLAG REOD
LOW. x Lx I
HIGH | I
FLAG NOTE:
F,_RADIO FIX_IS (Check one) OX [APPROVED [DISAPPROVED RESTRICTED
2. HOLDING TYPE OF ACTION ESTABLISH CANCEL
(Check one) MODIFY X [NO CHANGE
A HOLDING REQUIRED
PAT. |_ DIRECTION IDENT, TPE RAD/CAS/BAG | CRS INBOUND | TURN (LorR) | TIME / DME OUTBOUND
1 L t
2 I 1 i
3 I i il L
B. HOLDING ALTITUDES
PATTERN ALL AIRCRAFT 170-375 K 200 - 230K t 265K OK
3 1
2 t
3 1
©. REASON FOR NONSTANDARD HOLDING:
D. HOLDING 1S (Check one) LX]APPROVED |_| DISAPPROVED T RESTRICTED
3, REMARKS: FACILITY 4
NAME
FIX USE: V66-278 TYPE / CLASS
HEAVN ARRIVAL, DALLAS-FORT WORTH, TX RADIAUCRS
UNPLANNED HOLDING AUTHORIZED AT OR ABOVE 2800". DuEDST
MRAIMAA

LATAONG: 331612.20/964918.10
FAA Form 8260 - 2 (computer generated)

Figure Ad-8

Page 11


ix 5

8260.19C

Appen

9/16/93

s30vd 40 30vd (paresoueb seyndwios) ¢ - 9978 WHOS V4
Seonvee  ‘calva) IZ LOW ‘ub AME S74 avit “UN 3TMASTING 90 'NOLONIHSYA
oz sLawy} :
*UBISLLNBOF ‘AWN LHOduIY
ANS} '3LVO_3AILO3II3 /'ON LOWV/‘ON 3UNG3I0uNd Ainiovs | ete iBZQL ete :NOULWA3T3 BLVLS ONV ALIO

"Tt AMY HLM G3ZIHOHINY SIHOVOUddY SNOINVLINNIS

“VN O1lt AWD ‘O'D'a‘Y 1V9 ‘008 HAY Bill LV ‘a'D‘a'y Lv

{002 HAH Vill 1V9 :UL STS “G3YINOTY NOILVOISILUID LAVUUIY ONY M3HOUIV TWIDZdS ST Ml ANODILVO

“a'o's'v 1v9 ‘oot

AVH ‘0028 HAY "VE 001 “IS CLY HO HI STS “O'D‘a'Y LV9 ‘051 LVH ‘OOD! UAL ‘Vu SPE

“TSW C9 HG 7Ut STS “OIYINOIY NOILVIIILUID LIVHOUIY ONY M3YOHIV WI93dS $11 AUODILVS ‘S3LON

— |

- l
is z 08a as wit | ove ws T ‘ove es 7 ove SNNIOUID
we coor | coo | foc oovz an cove | cap | coc | cove Co wi 01S
002 | oot cis | coz cour [cis | ooz | oom | cis | oz cost eis uw sas

wai | sia vawma| weve] sia_| vanmal wave] sin_| vowmo| wwivi| sia | vowma|wwuiva| sia vawma
2 a F) a v <====7 ABODSLVO
GUYANVIS :007 auvanvis ‘sul [ vN ‘aLvNY3Lv AWOdtl¥ SIHL HOS St-o9za WHOS Ws 33s [| auvonvis] x | 4d03NvL
SWAWINIW:

$8 “HVBA HOO0da M8 YUVA OVA Dove O9E-02 ‘o09z 012-081 ‘DOTZ OB1-09F DVLHOA IWY ‘WOUS VSN &
ss ‘HOL oor ‘ATONY SO 2
chy CW ocs “WW Brel “(WO AV LIVSD 0061 “1dONI SO NIN ‘9
sot ‘INVS9S 858 ‘1VHOO! 218i “LVH OSI ose “Wi sro Bala ter {WO WO¥d GIHL OL 1SI0 ‘Ss
(0061 371 LI “NIN
toy COWL toy ‘dVW OL JV41SI0 aTMisv4 10010 ‘ows €
__ “(avD Ld 30 1317 NI Ld 0084 ‘ONNOGNI 10°010 "17 ‘STHL S GIOH Z
aw) 40 STW NIHLIM 13 NNoaLNo: SYNOD JO 30IS_VN 1d ‘t

“IL AMY 907 191430
SYSTLUZLTSSC JSUL OCW “LSHO Sv
“ONNOBNt 0o'0zz “14 ‘AN GOH

‘wLVd LHONS WwNOLLIGAY|

“COW ONY WG Z'¥ WIV/LNI U3dSV 01 00-4 0061 (avid tz-4/eo'010 wo73aTIL Agson
TINY VIA 0006 OL NUNL LHOIM DNIGWITD NAHI 008 O2 BATS 00 teczeorese Udon) Agson (avd OV1LUOA AUS
‘xis BNO iv uo amu coor teoz/00'c80 (Udon) LN AgSON (av DVLUOA NSD
U3LIV STW 19 201 ‘HO 3HLIV isu[ Sonu] JONVISIG GNV _3suNOD OL wows
HOVOUddY G3SSIN S3iNOY WNIWH3L
“HAL 199} U} 20 SopUs OINETS Uy On YOR SoNNIGISIA KdoOXe ‘porEDIpUI
esmoipo ssojun sop ote 62 16 Ava iva

eoIpU! esMOWRO Ssajun sopnjgye WINLUNAWW
“ISW '199} U1 o%9 sopnigie pus suoNunag “noUBeW Ow syeipe! pus ‘sosincD ‘sBupYaY ‘s

BYNGIDOUd HOVOUddVLNSWNYLSNI

uopens;

GYVONVLS - ST

PY UONeIAY 1wepey
uoyepedsues, jo juousedag “Ss ‘1

Figure AS-6

Page 7


9/16/93
ec. Line 3.

(1) Enter the final approach course
(FAC) on all procedures. Enter the exact
electronic course to a hundredth of a degree.
NOS will chart to the nearest whole radial/course
for publication. The FAC is determined as
follows:

(a) ILS, MLS, LOC, SDF, and LDA
procedures - enter the official course alignment
based on antenna location and orientation. For
MLS with a curved path in the final segment,
enter the course after the rollpoint (RP).

(b) NDB and RNAV procedures -
enter the course established by FIAO
computation.

(c) VOR and TACAN procedures -
enter the electronic radial or its reciprocal as
established by flight inspection that delivers the
aircraft to the runway threshold or desired
aiming point. See paragraph 816i. If other than
the plotted magnetic course, enter the plotted and
electronic values in Remarks section FAA Form
8260-9, or IAPA Data Record. See paragraph
909¢(8),

(2) Enter FAF where applicable. On
ILS/MLS forms, a FAF must be published for the
time-distance requirements of the LOC/AZ-only
and circling portions of the procedure, and also
for application of FAR Part 121.651. The OM
location is normally identified as the LOC FAF
for charting purposes. A FAF shall be entered for
all procedures, except those procedures without a
FAF that utilize on-airport facilities, or ILS/MLS
procedures that do not authorize LOC/AZ-only or
circling. On RNAV forms, enter the named
FAWP; if the FAF is an ATD fix, enter the ATD
distance from the named MAP.

KAREN WP; or, 5 ATD from DAVID WP.

(8) Enter the distance from the FAF to
the MAP in miles and hundredths. Enter a dash
when the time/distance table is not required for
determination of the MAP, such as when the MAP
is a facility, fix or WP. Leave blank for on-
airport NoFAF SIAPs.

(4) Enter the distance from the FAF to
the runway landing threshold, or abeam, if

Chap 8
Par 811c

8260.19C

straight-in minimums are authorized, to the
nearest hundredth of a mile. (NOS will round to
the nearest 0.1 mile for publication.) Leave
blank for circling-only and on-airport NoFAF
SIAPs, and COPTER point-in-space approaches.

d. Line 4. Enter fixes and minimum altitudes
that are to be depicted on the profile view. On
procedures that do not authorize a procedure turn
or holding pattern, the facility or fix designated
as the start of the profile in line 2 shall be the
first fix/ facility entered on line 4. See paragraph
807j(3).

(1) Fix altitudes established on ILS for
LOC-only use should be coincident with the glide
slope when possible. Where the stepdown fix
altitude is not within 20 feet of the glide slope,
annotate it for LOC use as follows:

MIN ALT CAROL 1600*
*LOC only

Note: This notation is not used when
the nonprecision FAF altitude is the
same as GS intercept altitude.

(2) Enter all fixes and minimum altitudes
after completion of procedure turn, including any
fixes associated with the procedure turn or
intermediate segment, and including the FAF and
any final stepdown fixes.

NOTE: Do not enter a fix on line 4 that
is positioned on the profile prior to the
procedure turn or holding point unless
the fix is required for obstacle
clearance or noise abatement after
completion of the PT.

(8) Make no entry on line 4 for
on-airport facilities with a single set of minimums
and no stepdown fix, since the minimum altitude
over the facility is determined by the MDA.

(4) For procedures with a FAF, an
entry on line 4 is required for the FAF and the
stepdown fix, if established.

(5) For procedures with a stepdown
fix, enter the lowest MDA at the stepdown fix
authorized for aircraft that cannot receive the
stepdown fix. If an MDA increase is required
when a remote altimeter setting is used, the

Page 8-11


8260.19C
Appendix 8

9/16/93

'BLVO 3ALO3443
aU BUNLYNOIS:

YOLVELSININGY 3HL 40 NOLLO3HIG AB

BUNLYNOIS ‘ON LNAWON3AY

Eats :A8 UBINHV9 HIV 3HL HO4 O3AI303H ‘awa

rsuoydecee Bumoyo; op Yim aroge poyioeds suunuyU
OLLIE Ye @B PUN OPIS JOLO O14 UO Peypeds eiNperdid o1g YIPA GOUPI0I08 Ly Pe}NPUCD oq [EYS edA SKA JO YDwOxddY jUoUUNASLY LW "Yodsy - sUoNEDYIIEdS sUO|WIedD otf UJ POZ}HOLINE esUEYIO SSOjUN)

cyeroxe ed Buynoyo) op yn podse

29, pouorsworg [—] ‘ereurouy [—] “Bayoryou [—] ‘mney [] ese opie so190 o4p uo poweu podaw org jo no pus on ojwiodo oF

suogoyneds sucqeiedd jo \die0e1 seBpeynouyoe Aqoiey “ON @1B>yIH9D Bujwsedo s9UTeD any Buspyoy

AWOdtiIY ~ SNONLVOISIOdS SNOW WERO.
Leezco osv oss39 1
1 sata SOUVONVIS 174 'NOID3Y 'aWWN
Ag G3AOddV
16 ONE an W39VNVN LHOIUM “WT
EM) Oat 'BWWN
A@_Q3QNSWWOOSH __
tose an Aiasdual t
"Bava Oats NWN
4A@_03d073A30
io sem LL 17 ‘ssa1uvad “Wl
3Lv0 Odd SSWWN

Aa G3y93HD LHONS

*Aga19y 078 Bup Bujobe19 op pus ops saxo @1p UO osnpacoid oY

iSALON WaIHYVO UV

“co'cico'see ‘ez ‘Vatiy ONIONVT (cv 7z) TWNINUAL HOLVd 0 - SYa1dOOI73H Dav
"ts'2/z0 262 ‘Oz ‘VaHY ONIGNVT -“(ccv) LIV TOUL3d

“18'Z/10°806 ‘OL "V3UV DNIONV1 (rz) HOLVd TO - SO1LSIN07 431d09I13H
H(G.1NOD) Viv LHDI4 TWNOLLIGOY :O3NNILNOD SALON

Figure A8-la

Page 3 (and 4)


8260.19C

(6) Make separate entries for the
complete ILS/MLS and for the LOC/AZ-only on
the FAA Form 8260-3. Place reference symbols
appropriately; e.g., (ILS: # or LOC: Standard @).
Use standard Note:

# CAT A,B,C 800-2, CAT D 800-2 1/2
@ CAT D 800-2 1/2

813, MINIMUMS,

a. General. Minimums are entered in boxes
provided. When dual minimums are authorized,
additional boxes may have to be constructed.
Enter straight-in minimums where rate of descent
and alignment criteria are satisfied. Straight-in
minimums shall not be denied nor canceled in
order to circumvent grant agreements that have
been established under airport development
programs. If criteria does not permit authorizing
straight-in minimums, publish circling minimums
only.

b. When a 10-mile procedure turn (or greater)
is established, Category A, B, C and D minimums
may be authorized.

ec. When a 5-mile procedure turn is
established, only Category A minimums are
authorized; enter NA in the VIS column for
Category B, C, and D aircraft. For COPTER
procedures, white-out the letter "A" and insert
the word "COPTER", and leave B, C, and D
blank.

d. When specific minimums are not
authorized, enter NA in the VIS column for the
appropriate Category.

e. On runways under 4,000 feet long, the
regional FPB shall coordinate with the airport
sponsor/operator to determine what categories of
aircraft use the airport. Where it can be clearly
determined that the airport is not to be used by
Category D aircraft, Category D minimums shall
not be authorized; enter NA in the VIS column
for Category D aircraft.

f. Make no entry in the Category E boxes,
except where a valid military requirement exists.
When Category E minimums are authorized, a
15-mile procedure turn is required. TERPS table
10 shall be used to establish Category E

Page 8-14

9/16/93

minimums. However, these minimums shall not
be lower than civil Category D minimums. ILS
Category II or III minimums shall not be
authorized for Category E military aircraft.

g. Type of Minimums. The types of
minimums are preprinted on Form 8260-3. On
Forms 8260-4/5/7, types of minimums shall be
entered as "S- (Runway No.)" for straight-in
minimums and"Circling’ for circling minimums.

h. DH/MDA. Enter the Decision Height (DH)
or Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA) authorized
by criteria as an MSL value in each of the
appropriate DH/MDA boxes by category of
aircraft. MDAs shall always be established in 20
foot increments. See TERPS paragraph 322.

i, VIS. Enter the visibilities authorized by
TERPS, chapter 3. RVR authorized on runways
to which straight-in minimums are published
shall be listed in feet; e.g., 4000, 2400, 1800, etc.
See paragraph 404 of this handbook for guidance
on using RVR on adjacent runways.

j. HAT/HAA,

(1) HAT, Enter height above touchdown
zone elevation when straight-in minimums are
authorized. When evaluating host nation
procedures, where TDZE is not available, use
runway threshold elevation on an interim basis to
determine HAT. If neither is available, use
airport elevation. For COPTER procedures white-
out "HAT" and enter "HAL" (or "HAS" for point-
in-space procedures).

(2) HAA. Enter height above airport
elevation for circling minimums.

k. ILS Category II and Category III. When
Category II and Category III minimums are
authorized, they shall be included in the NOTE
section immediately below the MINIMUMS boxes.
These minimums shall be indicated as follows:

(1) "Category IT ILS Special Aircrew

and Aircraft Certification Required. S-ILS
82L: DH 806 MSL, 151 RA, RVR 1600, HAT

150; CAT A,B,C,D. S-ILS 32L: DH 756 MSL,
104 RA, RVR 1200, HAT 100; CAT A,B,C,D."

Chap 8
Par 812b(6)


9/16/93 8260.19C
Appendix 9

APPENDIX 9. STANDARD
INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE
DATA RECORD
FAA FORM 8260-9

Page 1


9/16/93 8260.19C
X_] Approval Recommended
8 REGIONAL/FIFO ENDORSEMENT
‘Comments
Air carrier and general aviation user comments are entirely favorable.
Date [Routing Symbol Signatore
4/10/77 AMW-220 Chief, FIP Staff
%___] Approval Recommended
9. AVN ENDORSEMENT Not Recommended
t Not Required
Comments
Date [Rowing Symbor Signature
5/27/77 AFS-520 Chief, Flight Procedures Branch
X_| Approves
10. AFO ACTION | Disapproved
[Noi Required
Comments
This waiver is cancelled effective 9/16/83.
Change 4 to TERPS permits multiple DME fixes.
Jim E. Dean
Manager, MRY FIFO
Date Rowing Symbor Signature
11/28/77 AFS-700 Chief, Aircraft Programs Division
Figure 9-3a
Chap 9
Par 9031 Page 9-7


8260.19C
Appendix 6

9/16/93

sebed z jo z obey (payesausd seyndwos) OL - 0978 WHOA VV4
see0/90  :aaLva
———_——— £ Lowy ‘l-uvave varusv Wo axwnve Asnauvis
° +0WY]
TMaIdLLNIO!
ids} $310 3A1L9353_/ ‘ON LOWV/ ‘ON 3¥NGII0Ud Aumiovs saza1 zat AVIS ONV ALIO

“OAV A@ GALOaUIG SV N3H1 ‘OO0E O1 BWITD :92 7 £ SAMY
ISNOLLONULSNI HOVONddY G3SSIW AL VNU3L TT

“ONNOGNI Sbz ‘LH “3N QTOH ONY JING OZ/IGMOG O1 S¥z-Y WO VIA OOOE OL AWITD LavEOUIV
NVOWL “ONNOBNI 990 “LY “MS GIOH HO ‘GNNOSNI 9¥Z 11 3N GIOH GNV BQN dZ@ YO OVLUOA TWO 193HIG OO0E O1 NUNL LHOIY ONIBWITO NAHL ‘003i OL BW 797 AMY

“ANNOBNI S80 ‘14 “MS OIOH GNV 3NG 02/440 OL
990-Y TWO VIA 0OO¥ O1 SWID LAVUOUIY NVOVL “GNNOBNI 880 ‘LY “MS GIOH HO ‘GNNOENI 9PZ “11 "3N GIOH GNV SGN dZ@ HO DVLWOA TO 193HIG 000E 01 SWIID :2 AMY

ISNOLLONULSNI HOVOUddY G3SSIN
“L AMW Ud HLIM LN3QIONIOD LON ISVA #L AMHISWA

“dNOid Vd HOd HOWOUddY WNIE NO GNNOENI 3Wd ¥ LHOdaY ONY HOVOUddY 9Z AMY NVOV1 HO 3WO/YOA 31N93X3 :9Z AME vd
‘dNOld HWd HO4 HOVOUdY IWNId NO GNNOBNI AWG Zt 1HOd3Y ONY HOVOUddY £ AMY NVOVL HO 3WG/HOA 31ND3X3 :L AMY Yd
"BW ONY HOA YO ‘NVOV1 31aVUadO SVH LAVHOUIY JI AINO 2TSVIIVAY SI Hvd ‘HSV 3AILVH3dOMI
“vIE OL ALMIGISIA 3°O LV9 SZ-S HSV 3SV3HOMI “t-4S1V 2AILVUadONI HOd
“O'a'V LVD S2-S HSV OL Alddv LON $300 278Vi 3AILVH3dOM

£78 ld / 9E HDL /09'7 8D 797 AMY Hd

"UAL 199) U4 10 veyud ermiere U4 ase YORUM sornutaieM Id09x8 “Poresipuy oxmIeMO

$C "£6 LUVd Hd - 2DIANIS SQUVONVIS LHOMS
aYNGADOUd HOVOUddY LNIWNYISNI GQUVGNVLS uvave
NOLLVULSININGY NOLLVIAV TwuaG3d - NOLLVLUOdSNVHL 40 LNAWLYWd3d ‘SN

Figure Aé-2a

Page 5 (and 6)


8260.19C
Appendix 5

9/16/93

sodeg z po ebeg (peyesoued sayndwos) OL - O97B WHOS V4
seonvy  ‘daiva zz Lawv ‘cz AMY ST cre) Au 1uOds NL ‘SOND
ir LOWY] :
—————~ SU3IdLLN3Q! SSN LuOdIY
ANS} :a1va 3AUL93443 | "ON LOWY / ‘ON 3UNOID0Ud Auniovs [erat 13201 GUL ?NOMLVA313 BLV1S_ONV_ALIO

“WN il LV9 038010 YaMOL NIHM

“Q'9'R'V LVD 2001 LVH “OOZL HAL “Wu GCL “TSW GL9L HG ‘fz-S%s
*9°9'R'V LVO 2051 LVH ‘0091 MAU “Vu Z6L “ISW 8991 HO ‘Cz-3HS
*CaWNOIY NOLLVOIULES LEVEOUIV ONV MIYOUIY TVIDZdSs SHH ANODSLVS

“0009 YAY OL ALITBISIA SV 1VD 07'S LM UIAV3 ASVEUOM! ‘STVSS FALLVUAdOM HOS *
“PIL ZG AVD “Z 9 LVD “OOOY HAM OL ALMIBISIA BV LVD DOTS ANI UAVS 3SVEHONI *:
“SHLIUAISIA JOS HO SUS OL AlddV LON 9300 3191 SALLVHIGON! *

“€ OL G AVD “PE Z OL D LVD ‘0009 HAY O1 ALMISISIA BY 1VD 9078 ISVIUONI

“SLVO TIY 0008 HAY OL ALITIGISIA SUS 3SVZUONI

“SSS SV S31Vuad0 1-481V ©

raddud

1038079 WaMOL N3HM

{Q3NNILNOO) *8310N

yyye MUL Ase BEPNYAY “VU PUS ‘HOI “WH ‘LVH Ideoxe “ISH

"100) 14 a18 sepnyye pure suopenc(3 “oNeUBeU exe BIVIPEL pus ‘vesoD “sDupeey “BYE

GZ °L6 LUVd HV - 3DIAUAS SCUVONVIS HONS
BHNGIDIOUd HIVOUddV ANIWNYLSNI GUVONVLS su
NOLLVULSININGY NOILVIAV TWHI03d - NOILVLHOdSNVUL 40 LNAWLYWdad “Sn

Figure AS-7a

Page 9 (and 10)


8260.19C CHG 2

Chevron Heliport, 10, 090.02/2.81
Phi Heliport, 20, 087.11/2.32
Garden Island Seaplane Base, 26,
129.08/14.92

q. Where a VDP is established on a SIAP.
identify the location of the VDP as follows:

Chart VDP at DME.
Distance VDP to THR. miles.
Chart VDP at NM to MAP.

r. On LORAN-C SIAP's, include a reference
bearing/distance to one nearby navigational aid.

(1) If the SLAP has a course reversal,
define the bearing/distance from the LAF.

(2) If the SIAP has no course reversal.
define the bearing/distance from the FAF or IF (or
the common IF for multiple terminal routes).

Chart in planview ABC VORTAC to NIXON
WP R-128/12.62NM; or Chart in planview
XYZ NDB to ECKLS WP Brg 083
FROM/16.65NM.

(3) Where a non-RNAV feeder segment
is established. no reference bearing/distance is
required.

s. For MLS. enter the following data:
(1) Boresite AZ (mag).

(2) Limits of coverage, ¢.g.. 300M to
060M.

(3) Height above EL antenna for all WP’s
from FAF to MAP.

PFAF(1590),TP(1496),RP(1183),DH(194),
RWY WP(44).

t. For MLS, describe the curved path
including radius and direction of turn. course before
and after the turn, along-track distance from each
‘WP:

1.25NM arc to RP

RT 351 deg to 133 deg
6.58 ATD from PFAF
6.33 ATD from TP
0.50 ATD from DH

Page 8-26

12/29/99

817. LOWER BLOCKS.

a. City and State. Enter city and state name.
The official 2-letter state abbreviations shall be used.

b. Airport - Elevation/TDZE.

(1) Enter the official airport name (as
stated on Form 5010-1) and airport elevation (as
stated in the AMIS/IAPA data base). Submit
supporting data with the procedure for verification if
a change is indicated. For multiple COPTER point-
in-space SIAP’s, enter “various heliports.”

(2) Enter Touchdown Zone elevation
(TDZE) (as stated in the AMIS/LAPA data base) for
the runway designated in the procedure title
whenever straight-in minimums are authorized.
Add TDZE for sidestep runway, if applicable. Leave
the TDZE blank if straight-in minimums are not
authorized. For COPTER point-in-space SIAP’s,
leave TDZE blank (see paragraph 816p).

c. Facility Ident. Enter facility identification.
On procedures predicated on proposed facilities and
when an identification has not been assigned, leave
this space blank and NFDC will enter the
identification. For RNAV procedures, enter the
identification of the SIAP reference facility. For
LORAN RNAV procedures, enter the master/
secondary station designation, followed by the Group
Repetition Interval (GRD.

Example: MWX 9960.

d. Proc. No. Enter procedure identification as
determined by TERPS chapter 1, section 6,
paragraph 802, of this order. When DME is
Tequired for the final approach, include “/DME” as
part of the identification, eg. VOR/DME,
ILS/DME, LOC/DME, LDA/DME. NDB/DME.

NOTE: DME is an MLS component and is not
required as part of MLS procedure
identification.

e. Amdt. No. Enter “Original” or the
amendment number, as appropriate. The amend-
ment number shall be advanced whenever the
procedure is revised. The type of revision will
determine whether an amendment may be made

Chap 8
Par 816 p


8260.19C CHG 2 12/29/99
Appendix 1

150/5340-18 Standards for Airport Sign Systems

150/5340-19 Taxiway Centerline Lighting Systems

150/5340-24 Runway and Taxiway Edge Lighting Systems
150/5340-26 Maintenance of Airport Visual Aid Facilities
150/5340-27 Air-to-Ground Radio Control of Airport Lighting Systems
150/5390-2 Heliport Design

170-9 Criteria for Acceptance of Ownership and Servicing of Civil Aviation Interest(s) Navigational
and Air Traffic Control Systems and Equipment
170-13 Approach Lighting System Configurations and Energy Conservation

TITLE 14, CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS (CFR).

Part 1 Definitions and Abbreviations

Part 71 Designations of Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D, and Class E Airspace Areas, Airways:
Routes: and Reporting Points

Part 73 Special Use Airspace

Part 75 Establishment of Jet Routes and Area High Routes

Part 77 Objects Affecting Navigable Airspace

Part 91 General Operating and Flight Rules

Part 93 Special Air Traffic Rules and Airport Traffic Patterns

Part 95 IFR Altitudes

Part 97 Standard Instrument Approach Procedures

Part 103 Ultralight Vehicles

| Part 121 Certification and Operations: Domestic, Flag. and Supplemental Air Carriers and Commercial

Operators of Large Aircraft

Part 125 Certification and Operations: Airplanes Having a Seating Capacity of 20 or More Passengers or
Maximum Payload Capacity of 6000 Pounds or More

| Part 129 Operations: Foreign Air Carriers and Foreign Operators of U.S. - Registered Aircraft Engaged

in Common Carriage

Part 135 Air Taxi Operators and Commercial Operators

Part 152 Airport Aid Program

Part 157 Notice of Construction, Alteration, Activation and Deactivation of Airports

Part 171 Non-Federal Navigation Facilities

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM)

Airport Facility Directory

Airport Master Record - FAA Form 5010.1

Airspace Dockets

Area Charts :

Ceiling-Visibility Climatological Smdy and System Enhancement Factors, June 1975

Federal Air Traffic Activity

Graphics Notices and Supplemental Data

LORAN Airport Screening Model

LORAN Site Evaluation System (LSES)

Low and High Altitude En Route Charts

National Flight Data Digest (NFDD)

National Plan of Integrated Airport System (NPIAS)
NOS Quarterly Obstacle Memo - Digital Obstacle File
Notices to Airmen (NOTAM's)

OC Charts

Page 4


8260.19C
Appendix 7

9/16/93

s30vd 40 39vd (paye:aue6 sa;nduios) g - 9978 WHOS VWW4
se o3gor aLvO ¥y LOWY ‘ve AMY 40S sna ‘AWwdlDINNW HSE Ww ‘HSU
OS
5 sawy|
*UBISLLNZOL ‘SWWN LuOdutV|
as} :Biva SAWO3443 /'ON LOWY/ “ON 3uNGIO0ud Aunioys | set waza, een :NOMLWASTA, BLWLS ONV ALIO
‘aauinoay sav
“Alddv LON $300 37@V1 3ALLVH3dONT
TONILLES UALBWILIV NVSNVM 3SN 'G3A3IIY LON N3IHM f4VL9 NO ONLLLAS H3L3WILI 1V907 NIVLGO ‘SALON
zo z (0061 coo wit [over ces t coos [cos | 8 onal a)
ors 1 coer | cvs wth cost | cvs t Ce I 008 ve-s
_ SWOWINIM ONILLAS UBLAWIL TY AYSAVM _
os z over | cov we ori | cov 1 over | cov 4 | over ONMOUID |
czy whe oot Ca wii | caer czy 1 ovo: | cer t oot ve-s
WH/ivH| SIA vow |WH/tvH| SIA vow | WH/LvH| SIA VOW _| VWH /LvH| | VON |wHlivH|  siA vow
F a 2 v <2===5 AYODSLVO
LX [vn Sivnuanw AHOdHIV SIHL HOs St-09ze WUOd Wv4 33S |X] GuvaNvIS] | ‘4g903yvL
SWOWINIW
‘$8 ‘YV3A HD0d3 O'YVA OVW Oosz Stc-Sti ‘o00c sci-sic WO1NG WOUd VSN 8
0022 WOTNIIVS LIV ‘NIN’?
oo'y QUHL o'r d¥W OL dV41SIC WOTNINVS 4v4 — zoece Ova '€
“Gv 1d 40 317 N14 Oo0c ‘ANNOANt Zo’eTE ‘18 ‘WOT Nas GioHn z
40 S31W NIMLIM Lt ‘aNnoatno BSUNOD 4O3GIS WN td ‘t
‘9S6000/S0LE¥r ONS IZP1 “1SEO Sv4
“ONNOGN Zo'ece ‘LY "Ss CIOH
ivLVa_LHONS WwNOUIGay
1H8 ooze se'evcorece WOT NTIS NAVI
coor \ge'ez/oazsz (dON) ANI NAV4 (av) ov1HOA ais
000c 11'9%/vo"Sso WOU NKVD IntoluIW
“OWOH GNV WOTNG 193HIG NUNL 1437 N3HL ‘oooe O1 AWIID.
—= =: ~ aad o00c ZO'C/CO'O1L WOTNNVS int00130
WOTNNVS waLsV SIN Oo cavW | Bonu | _SONVLSIG ONV_asuNOS OL : Wows
HOVOuddY O3SSIN Sainow “TwNIWUaL
WAL 19%) Ut 20 SayUs aynyES UY OW YOM SoquigisiA daoxa ‘parZDpul asia gO SZ “£6 LuVd UV4 - 3OIAWAS SQUVONVLS LHONS
‘SSa]UN SoU feonMBU UY O28 S20UN)SIQ “UOHEAS!D YodwE BnogE 199} UI o7e SBUNIa) “payeonpUL —
@syausuiO SS5]uN FOpNIQTE WLAURW OM SOPNINTY “Ved PUD "HL "WYH “Lyi Hamx0 “Jey 3YNGIIOUd HOVOHddV LNAWNYLSN! GHVONWLS 40s

00} U om9 sopnigre pus suOHEAGE] “SeuBSW om sfeIpe! pu 'sosiNcD ‘sGuIpeoY ‘sbuIL0q

NOILVHLSININGY NOILVIAV TvH3034 - NOILVLHOdSNVUL 4O LNSWLuvd30 ‘sn

Figure A7~6

Page 7


9/16/93 8260.19C
Appendix 4
RADIO FIX AND HOLDING DATA RECORD
AIRSPACE DOCKET Fix STATE
NAME
DME [VHF
Arsenal VHFILF a jowa
TYPE OF ACTION ESTABLISH CANCEL
. FIX
1, RADIO {check one) xX [MODIFY NO CHANGE
A. FAGILITY TYPE FAGIUTY 1 FACILITY 2 FACIUTY 3
NAME | Davenport (CVA) 412824.9
TYPE/CLASS/CATEGORY | L-BVORTAC-1 902045.9
RADIAL / COURSE / BEARING
DME DISTANCE (trom) 13.4
MRAMAA 26775
B._DISTANCE FROM FACILITY: [LEAST DIVERGENCE ANGLE:
Twit: T_ THF
©. AIRGROUND wits SATISFACTORY at
‘ MZV TOWER VHF
COMMUNICATIONS: DAU ARTCC iS poRF 2000 MSL
| FACIITY TYPEICLASS | RADIAL CRS DME | MARMA CHECKED BY DATE
D. MRAOF OTHER =f 1
FACILITIES AT
THIS FIX t l
f T i | i I
—. AUTHORIZED USE OF THIS Fix
‘AIRSPACE, TCOMPULSORY [ON REQUEST| HOLDING ALT, CHANGE| ARRIVAL | DEPARTURE | FLAG REO'D
Low i x x x t x i
HIGH { { l I !
FLAG NOTE:
F._ RADIO FIX IS (Check one) |X | APPROVED DISAPPROVED |_| RESTRICTED
TYPE OF ACTION ESTABUSH [__[CANCEL
2 HOLDING
(Check one) “X [MODIFY T__[NO CHANGE,
‘A_HOLDING REQUIRED
PAT. | DIRECTION IDENT | TYPE | RAD/CRS/BRG | CRS INBOUND | TURN [Lor R) | TIME / DME OUTBOUND
1 SE I we il 148 326 1 R ft 4
2 | | i n
3 | t l ! i L
B_ HOLDING ALTITUDES
PATTERN T_AUL_AIRCRAFT 370-375 200-230K 265K wOK
1 | 26370 26770 |
2 I I 1
2 ! i i
©, REASON FOR NONSTANDARD HOLDING:
D. HOLDING 1S (Check one) TX [APPROVED T |__| RESTRICTED
3. REMARKS: FAF DVN RNAV RWY 32 FACILITY 4
NAME
Missed approach hold. g fix DVN RNAV RWY 14 TYPE / CLASS
LED RADIAUCRS |
EL DMED'ST. |
pre [MRA MAA |
G 0
on ®
WATE
0 \4
aegunee
se
LATALONG:
FAA Form 8260 - 2 (computer generated)
Figure Aé-9

Page 13 (and 14)


9/16/93

For a VOR/DME RNAV waypoint, list the
reference facility information in Facility 1 block.
Leave facility blocks blank for non-VOR/DME
RNAV waypoints.

(a) NAME. Enter the name and
identifier of the navigational facility, or the name
(radio call) of the ATC facility, which is used to
form this fix; e.g, DENVER (DEN); ROONEY
APPROACH.

(b) TYPE/CLASS/CATEGORY. Enter
the SSV Class, the facility type nomenclature and
monitoring category of each facility used to form
this fix; e.g., H-VORTAC-1, L-VOR-1/3, LOC-1,
LOC/DME-1, MH-NDB-1, H-NDB-4, LOM-4,
MLS-1, MLS/DME-1, MLS/PDME-1, ASR,
ARSR.

() RADIAL/COURSE/
BEARING. Enter the radial, course, or bearing
from each facility used to form this fix to the
nearest hundredth of a degree. Localizer entries
are in compass points and true course from the
antenna; e.g., NW CRS (324.45). For MLS, enter
AZ bearing to the nearest hundredth of a degree.
For VOR/DME RNAV, the calculated azimuth
from the reference facility forming the RWY WP
is used unless flight inspection requires a
different azimuth. In parentheses, enter the true
radial/course/bearing to the nearest hundredth of
adegree. Enter a dash if radial/course/bearing is
not defined.

(d) DME DISTANCE. When a DME
Fix is designated, enter the DME distance to the
nearest hundredth of a mile from the facility
providing DME information. Compute terminal
courses and distances from the same hundredth
of a mile. If the facility providing DME
information is not collocated with the facility
providing course guidance, list both facilities. See
paragraph 807g(4)(g). Enter a dash when DME
is not part of the fix makeup from an off-course
facility used to define an intersection UNLESS
the crossing radial is part of an airway segment.

1 For MLS, enter along-track
distance, if applicable; e.g., ATD 4.13. See figure
9-10.

2 For VOR/DME RNAV, use the
calculated distance from the reference facility to

Chap 9
Par 905d(2)

8260.19C

the RWY WP regardless of flight inspection
findings.

3 For a radar fix, enter the
distance from the fix to the threshold (straight-in
minimums). Distance shall be entered to the
nearest tenth of a mile in the following format:
"5.8 RADAR*, 6 RADAR*". The asterisk denotes
that an entry in the REMARKS section is
required. When circling-only radar minimums
are authorized, state the distance from the fix to
the nearest landing surface; or, if an on-airport
facility is the missed approach point, from the fix
to the facility.

4 If the fix is en route, charting
agencies will round to the nearest mile for en
route charts.

(e): MRA/MAA. See also paragraphs
267 and 269. The Minimum Reception Altitude
(MRA) is usually based on electronic signal
strength determined by flight inspection of the
navigational facility. The MAA is the Maximum
Authorized Altitude for use of the fix. The
specialist shall consider all possible uses of the
fix, request flight inspection of the lowest altitude
that may be used, and insure procedure design is
compatible with any limitations imposed.
MRA/MAAs assigned shall be consistent with
signal strength, facility volume, air traffic
requirements, and air/ground communications.
Enter all MRA/MAAs in hundreds of feet; e.g.,
8700/45000 shall be entered as 87/450. When the
fix is a facility, enter a dash for MRA; e.g., -/120,
Fixes shall reflect the airspace structure in which
they are used; e.g., low altitude 10/45, 10/120,
70/175; high altitude 180/450.

f) DISTANCE FROM
FACILITY. When the fix is an intersection, enter
the distance from the governing facility to the
nearest mile. The definition of governing facility
is contained in TERPS paragraph 1760. When
the fix is not an intersection, leave blank,

(g) LEAST DIVERGENCE ANGLE.
Enter the smallest angle formed by the
radials/courses/bearings of the facilities used to
form this fix. True radials, courses, and bearings,
as used in HP-97 and IAPA calculations, provide
the most accurate determination of actual
divergence angle. Use the true divergence angle

Page 9-13


9/16/93

8260.19C

SECTION 7. TRANSMITTAL OF AIRWAYS-ROUTE DATA, FAA FORM 8260-16

910. PREPARATION OF FAA FORM 8260-16.

This form serves as a transmittal sheet of en
route procedural data to be published under Part
95. It may be used by Flight Inspection Field
Offices as a record of current en route
information.

a. AIRWAY NO. OR ROUTE. — Enter the
airway number, "Part 95 Direct," or
"“Off-Airway Non-95" as appropriate. Use a
separate form for each type of route.

b. FROM/TO. Each segment (fix to fix) shall
be listed, unless succeeding segments have no
significant changes. Segments must be separated.
at facilities, flagged fixes, and changes of MEA,
MOCA, or MAA.. All airways and routes
terminate at the U.S. control area boundary
(route alignment may be explained in
REMARKS).

(1) Route segments are normally listed
from West to East for even numbered airways, or
South to North for odd numbered airways. When
amending published routes, follow the order of
listing in the semi-annual consolidation of Part 95
routes.

(2) Fixes are identified by name, state,
and type, in the sequence used in the semi-annual
consolidation. °

ce. ROUTINE OR DOCKET NO. Enter the
docket number when the request is associated
with an airspace action. If processing is to be
routine, leave blank.

d. CONTROLLING TERRAIN/
OBSTRUCTION AND COORDINATES. When
controlled airspace is a factor in MEA
determination, make two entries: the highest
terrain and the highest tree or man-made obstacle
(if above the highest terrain). Use the" @" to
identify which obstacle controls the MEA, even
though MRA may require a higher altitude.
Show coordinates to the minute (seconds
optional). Annotate a controlling obstacle that is
in the secondary area, and show the required
obstacle clearance. No entry is required for jet

Chap 9
Par 910

routes if terrain is not a factor. Enter reduction
of mountainous obstacle clearance.

e. MRA/MOCA. Enter both figures. To
reduce chart clutter, MOCAs less than 500 feet
below MEAs should not be published unless they
allow use of a cardinal altitude within 25 statute
miles of a facility. If a MOCA is not to be
published, line it out (the figure will still be
legible for office record purposes).

f. MAA/MEA. Enter both figures. When
dual MEAs are used, show the directions of flight.
When an MEA change occurs at a DME-only fix,
dual MEAs are required since non-DME aircraft
cannot receive the fix. When minor MEA
differences exist in adjacent segments, coordinate
with ATC to establish a common altitude.

g. CHANGEOVER POINT. Enter the
changeover point in the segment where it lies. If
midpoint, leave blank. If NOT midpoint enter
the mileage from and the identifier of the nearest
facility. If a gap exists, the changeover point
may be at the middle of the gap; however, leave
blank. If a dogleg, enter "DL". If the dogleg
point is a fix, enter the fix name. Establish a
named fix on all dogleg airways which meet en
route VHF intersection criteria. Establish a
named DME fix on all dogleg airways which do
not meet VHF intersection criteria.

h. FIXMRA/MCA. Entries here are referred
to the appropriate fix by an attention symbol (*).
The same information is required on the FAA
Form 8260-2 for the fix. Show the direction of
flight for MCAs.

section for all
Typical entries

i, REMARKS. Use this
pertinent supporting data.
include:

Airspace floor

Terrain clearance applied

Dogleg radials for Part 95 Direct and
Off-Airway Non-95 Routes

Reason for MEA adjustment

Reason for MAA reduction

MEA gap

Cancel segment (reason)

Page 9-25


8260.19C 9/16/93
Appendix 11

.S. DEP,
MEDERAL AVIATION AOMINISTREGION DEPARTURE PROCEDURES / TAKEOFF MINIMUMS

|Bearings, headings, courses and radials are magnetic. Elevations and altitudes ae in feet MSL Attitudes are minimum altitudes unless otherwise indicated.
[Ceilings are in leet above airport elevation. Distances are in navical miles, except visibties which ave in statute miles or in feet RVR.

COORDINATED WITH:
ATA AAT ALPA APA  AOPA  NBAA = OTHER (specify)

CS OO BB BE RB BB) aocvearcr,.ux rower, amar.
TAKEOFF MINIMUMS;

AWYs 21, 2A, 6 400-1 or Standard with minimum climb of 400’ per NM to 1800.
RWYs 20L, 20R, 24 300-1

WY 201 - 150° AGL tower 3000' from departure end of runway, 600' right of centerline.
WY 20R - 150" AGL tower 3000' from departure end of runway, 600' left of centerline.
RWY 24- 130° AGL trees 2430" from departure end of runway

JER_ DEPARTURE PROCEDURE:
RWYs 21, 2R, 6, 201, 20R, 24-

imb to 1800 before turning on course.

TAKEOFF OBSTACLES: DEPARTURE OBSTACLES:
RWY 21 - 866 Tree 390752/842457 RWY 201 - 1047 Antenna 390452/842651
RWY 2 - 856 Tree 390756/842433 RWYs 2L, 2R, 20R, 24 - 1796 Tower 390659'842315

RWY 6 - 749 Tree 390638/842345
RWY 20L - 716 Tree 390446/842511
RWY 20R - 895 Tree 390505/642627
RWY 26 - 831 Tree 390555/842637

* Concurrent with ILS RWY 20L, Amdt 13.

DEVELOPED BY APPROVED BY
‘SIGNATURE: DATE: 06°30/91 SIGNATURE: DATE: 06/30/91
1M. WRONG FIFO: ANY 1M, WRIGHT. FIFO: ANY
CITY AND STATE ‘AIRPORT EFFECTIVE DATE | AMDT. NO.
ROSETOWN, OH ROSETOWN MUN! AIRPORT * Routine 6

FAA FORM 8260 - 15 (computer generated)

Figure Al1-1

Page 2


12/29/99

8260.19C CHG 2

Appendix 1
VN 8260.4 ILS Obstacle Risk Analysis

8260.15 U.S. Army Terminal Instrument Procedures Service

$260.16 Airport Obstruction Surveys

8260.19 Flight Procedures and Airspace

8260.23 Calculation of Radio Altimeter Height

8260.25 Implementing Epoch Year Magnetic Variation Values

8260.26 Establishing and Scheduling Standard Instrument Procedure Effective Dates

8260.31 Foreign Terminal Instrument Procedures

8260.32 US. Air Force Terminal Instrument Procedure Service

8260.33 Instrument Approach Procedures Automation (IAPA) Program

8260.36 Civil Utilization of Microwave Landing System (MLS)

8260.37 Heliport Civil Utilization of Collocated Microwave Landing System (MLS).

8260.38 Civil Utilization of Global Positioning System (GPS)

8260.39 Close Parallel ILS/MLS Approaches

8260.40 Flight Management System (FMS) Instrument Procedures Development

8260.41 Obstacle Assessment Surface Evaluation for Independent Simultaneous Parallel Precision

ions

8260.42 Helicopter Global Positioning System (GPS) Nonprecision Approach Criteria

8260.43 Prioritization for Development of Wide Area Augmentation System GPS Instrument
Approach Procedures

8260.44 Civil Utilization of Area Navigation (RNAV) Departure Procedures

8260.45 Terminal Arrival Area (TAA) Design Criteria

8260.46 Instrument Departure Procedure (DP) Program

8260.47 Barometric Vertical Navigation (VNAV) Instrument Procedures Development

8260.48 Area Navigation (RNAV) Approach Construction Criteria

8400.8 Procedures for Approval of Facilities for FAR Part 121 and Part 135 CAT III Operations

| 8400.10 Air Transportation Operations Inspector’s Handbook

8700.1 General Aviation Operations Inspector's Handbook

ADVISORY CIRCULARS

61-27 Instrument Flying Handbook

70-2 Airspace Utilization Considerations in the Proposed Construction, Alteration, Activation and
Deactivation of Airports

70/7460-1 Obstruction Marking and Lighting

70/7460-2 Proposed Construction or Alteration of Objects that May Affect the Navigable Airspace

73-2 IFR Helicopter Operations in the Northeast Corridor

90-42 Traffic Advisory Practices at Airports Without Operating Control Towers

90-45A, Approval of Area Navigation Systems for Use in the U.S. National Airspace System

90-80 Approval for Offshore Standard Approach Procedures (OSAP), Airborne Radar Approaches
(ARA), and Helicopter En route Descent Areas (HEDA)

91-14 Altimeter Setting Sources

91-16 Category I Operations-General Aviation Airplanes

91-54 Automatic Reporting Systems-Altimeter Setting and Other Operational Data

97-1 Runway Visual Range (RVR)

120-28 Criteria for Approval of Category III Landing Weather Minima

120-29 Criteria for Approving Category I and Category II Landing Minima for FAR 121 Operators

150/5070-6 Airport Master Plans

150/5200-28 Notices to Airmen for Airport Operators

150/5300-13 Airport Design

150/5340-1 Standards for Airport Markings

150/5340-4 Installation Details for Runway Centerline and Touchdown Zone Lighting Systems

150/5340-14 Economy Approach Lighting Aids

150/5340-17 Standby Power for Non-FAA Airport Lighting Systems

Page 3


9/16/93

8260.19C

1 we 91-0928

oan ee ey
Teyauag “gq qutnd aegeury OdId O8V \
auniynois | _ SE 01S CT OTT]
[4 1}¥ O[SoT :1esn 0009 =|-99e9- 00€ peonpal 90 Teprog PPPUED/SA leg _uoN,
*1xe, au
PPy “1xeL I1V_3TOM WOOLE 1 0005 1011L01/00L0¥4 YOA “UN fasep18yag [APMIW
T8787] VZA 32°17P add | OO€y UFerIeL -330
~ — TL Su Pp,
ee | 0008 = |-96e8- oszt 204 wot ar “wiara| aig
a“ —oszL/ogLory | Wi ‘yyoausy| $6
000€z To WLYOA OD “AID Ap]
Po ppe tvan astey sver
~~ t67379__| DAN 6ST - OMT 9ZT oo00sy | o00cz YOA AN‘ 8a8eqH Js07
Ba/yz7s | Ww ze deo van] | ; ; _
0002 | 00z1 — ~ INT IN ‘KUNVO
_ _. VON ¥ VAN Jem07) NOOSS Lal Paap ynoysnory) YEZA
a _| vou « | os [00s | o002 00z sdyus INT Ill ‘dvNid| = SA
avs
_ __ ~ ~ [AS00927 )" pp 9z- TH2TBZ7 TONS BT ~ |xta and VA “TINS —
1001S OOZT ANOOOy 9 09ST PMOL | z¢1 rary
csp pe ooszt | 0002 Tt€v@4/00106€ — | -vay-z6 | OvLYOA VA ‘1PUNg
z6721/€ _ 068 UpRAIAL
__ oo0z | -ooey | SOTELL7OCTz8r DVLYOA VA *TRung
oe oooc ee Z9L 4OPAS zst €ZIA
mpepg eye VuW » ooset | on9t Tisszc/ooivee — | _vay_z6 INI VA ‘1VNoa
eo/eu/e ee — @ 6yS UyPTIOL | ee —
wo som | Pomyom oom | oansaaiyenany fom 48 e
swords xa vow a ONFMONLROD wntinow woud avatiw

— VLVG ALNOW’SAYMYIY JO W.LLIWSNVALL

Chap 9

Par 910i

Figure 9-7

Transmittal of Airways/Route Data

Page 9-26



8260.19C
Appendix 5

9/16/93

saevd 40 30vd {payesauab soyndwos) ¢ - 9978 WHOA VV4
ceonyc  ‘daLv0 9 Lowy ‘ust AMY ST ons “UN LEAHY QW ‘LL3uEVO
’ “Lowy
*HAISILN3QI NWN LHOaTy
SLAMY SH ‘dNS) _!Blva_3AU93453 / ON LOWW/'ON 3YNI9OUd Auntovs | opt tBZQL 9st SNOLLWAR13 BLVLS ONV ALIO
q
“aguIND3Y awa Wa ONY Wat “VOW O1 SD NO 1N39S3G S3UINOaY ONTIOUID
40 NOUd3934 SNOINVLINNIS “OVLHOA Wa NOUS ANG “YE FO) SAME JO MS VN DNITONID
usy “Pi MOIS TIVSANN SO
too1d iva @ "VN HoVOlddv 031dN0D LOIdOINV _'S3LON
09 z ong wes [ats | ooo | es ft | ooo | es a ee _SNNOUID
vN WN or vn |_901°s
o0z ore Ove 00z ore Orc o0z ove Orc 00z 00ve ove ust sis
wiivH| sia [vawmal wiv] sia [vawMal weHive] sia | vowMalweHiavH| sia |vonmalwHive| siA_ | van mo
a a ey a Vv <e**88 AHODILVO
WN 907 ® ouvonvis ‘sul [ WN ‘alvnualiv LHOGUIV SIHL BOs S1-09z8 WUOS Wd 335 |X| OuVONWIS| | ‘ad03NVE
SWNWINI
$8 “HV3A HOOd3 Me CVA OV ort DViNOA TWA -WOUd VSN @
6S ‘HOLL oot “ATONV SD Z
‘Stet (WO AAVLWSD 005% -LdONI SO NIN "9
TLVH 008 Vi ost Wi iso WA ere WO WOW GIHL OL 1SI0 *s
(0002 AUOLVGNVH HLNUL ‘0052 BON GNA ‘LIV ‘NIN "*
ere COIL 6 ‘d¥W OL dvd 1LSIO Hinks :sv4 oetst “Ovd EC
x4
vi BON GNS JO SITUA Ob NIHLIM 14 005% GNNOBINO se'zec BSUNOD 3O30IS_ 7 td ‘h
S1S¥OLICLLIGC VNNLNV SZ! LUVHD
ZOCreL/SL¥ LEC 23u1 Ber -1SGO SV4
“GNNOGN Sez 27'3 GIOH AMOLVONYY #
*WLVO LHOM4 TWNOLLIGOY|
#0007 (ans) eec/ocest ‘BING 01'S TWE/WO HIN GON ONS
00st} (ays-y iromcess 9 oe eS (1don) aan ans] (av) M99 OVLUOA Wa Zb0-H
“@1OH ONY ANG LH/INI LSVOB OL Sot-y cose tosuicerist (don) aan ans (avi OVLUOA 13
W9 VIA 0002 01 NUN 1137 ONIGNITD N3HL 009 O1 AWD oosz zeerroce gan ans DVLUOA Wa
Mid BWA Oct iv HO sana) oosz 1 oz/zo's60 awa @'@ wagon ON ANI NOSIT
YBLdV SSTN 46L't SONIOUIO “HO BHL Lv “SU | 30NLLWw BONVLSIO QNv_aSuNOD o1 woud
HOVOWddv G3SSIn S3LNOW TWNINH3L

HAL 1904 Uy 20 Sayur INAS UY O22 YOHYM SomGIS\A Kaoxe “pay woul

esyvowpo StofUN Sof FeONNEU UY @4e SeOUTISI) ‘OHEAS|a HOdAE Grogs 1994 UW] a2 SBUMIOD
“PereapLy osyetgo SeojuN Sophie LUNUUILI Om SOPNINTY "WH PUP 'HOL “WWH “LVH Kia9x9]
“TSW ‘10 Ul oa SopniEre pus suoREKe “noUBsW OM syeIPE1 PUL “sosiNCO “sBUIPECY ‘sBuLEOg

6226 LvU VS

AYNAZDO"d HOVOHddVLNAWNYLSNI
GYVONVLS - ST

uopensiupy uoperry jetepe4
uopepodsues, jo jusugredag “s ‘1

Figure AS-2

Page 3


9/16/93

6

8260.19C

Appendi

z t oded (payesous6 sayndwoo) » - O9ZTB WHOS WW4
BRAWN EL ‘0atval “LOWY ‘L-uvave uvalusy we Axvive wv ‘isnauvis
ba sand !MaLMILNaQI WYN LHOdUIY
ans} :34VQ_ 341193443 / ‘ON LOWV/ "ON auNaa00ud Aumovs zat INOLLWAR13 Buvis ONY ALID
38 'WV3A HOOd3 3% :UVA OVW

“LOVLNOOD TWILIN NO Otv Ad G3L93uIG Sv =[SAMH TV)

NOILVOINAWWOD 150"

£28 Id / 9C HOL/ OS'Z SO 797 AMY Hd

" *, “029 S2IWZ
czeroaiivreo an eee 2. Amauee “009 S3TIW 9°Z ‘OBL SATIN € ‘OPLL STIN ¥ ‘0051 SITIW 9 FONLULIV GIGNINWODIY “8>z SYNOD HOVOUddY TWN
YZL999L/8L¥¥yD VNNGINV LOL ?2 AMY HSY *009 Xt JW 9'Z AGALILTW WOWININ 20081 3GNLIL1V WAWINIW ‘CIOHS3YHL WOU SITIW 92'S dvd :9Z AMY HSV
‘SCYDOSL/OLYYYD GYOM LOL az AMM Uva “OOL S3IW Z ‘0B6 SATIN € ‘O9ZL SITIW ¥ ‘OPS! SITTIN 5 3GNLIL Tv GIGNIWWOD3Y
CL9991/GOvere 3a¥1 @LL 2c AMM Yd ‘990 SYNOD HOVOUdEY TWNId ‘009t ZGNLILIV WOWINIW ‘GIOHSUHL WOUd S3TIN 92'S avs Lan sy
: =1980 S¥4 HOVOWddY TWNId 0091 AGNLILIW LdZOUSINI 34018 FOND “CIONSIUHL WOU SIT 9Z°9 4V4:Sz AMY Hd
TAME 7AM 732014] “p90 38un0D
St tAMY CiAMe Gt F320 HOWOUddY TWNId 0091 SONLILTV 1d39YZLNt 3dO1S GMD “CIOHSIYHL WOU SIU 97'S 4V4 #L AMY HVE
VLVQ AHOM4 TWNOILIGGV S310N
999 z OzL 999 z Ooze soy | att [ozo | aoy t ozo eae t ova ONNOUID
ave L 00s | ave t oos | ave |" 1 | 00s | ave | i | oos | ave | 1 00s | sts usv
ez t ovy | t6z t ovy | tse | it | ov | te6z t ovy | tee | ot | ow | esusy
00z mn [zs 002 za zse_ | ooz | zn zac | ooz zt zac] ooz | an ze | 92-8 uve
sz t 66e ost t ce | o9z t occ | oa | ot gcc | os | it 66 bs uve
Ywwavi] SIA | VowHA}wvHitvH] sta | vawia|vvwitvi] “sia | vawna|vvWival sia | vawHa|vvHivH| sia__| vow /nal
a a 3° a v AWODaLVD
quvanwis[| | VN ‘3ivNualIV 1uOduIY SIH HO4 $1-0978 WHOS Vvs 33s [| GHVONVIS] x | 4303NVL
SWAWININ:
“SNOILONYLSNI
HOVOuddy GaSSIW HOd Z 3DVd 338
QIOHSaUHL - S27 AMY US THVHD SONAL ONTEOLOIA WHWINIW USW|VNSIVD 1WSUUNO SL AW GINS) TWIST 5
QVOHSIUHA WOU “IW bit - < AMH US
_ Ha_- Sz °¢ SAMY Uvd ‘avw |30nLILTW|3oNVisIO) JonLLIW |oNVisIa|3anLILW |SNVASIG) JaNiIL TW |ZONVISIG 3anuqW)30Nvisia| 01 | Wows

HOVOWddv GaSsiW (euusiue sepes Wor) poinsuau soousisip pus 610190s)_S¥QNLILTY GNV SHO1D3S ONTUIANINVW VauV IWNINUaL UvaVE

“yowordde ays enunuodsip or o|

“Paysyidusooze Jou s1 Supus] 41 (Q) 10 ‘ewnuunu Buipus] pezoYIne Oo} jueDsop Uodn —Burpuu| pozOYINY BY 01 1usDseP Uo Poysiiqeise 81 2e}U0D jensi,
Poysyqerse 10u 81 owjuod yensia (9) ‘19011409 sepes AQ pe} {Q) ‘uouordde eousjponine @ ——(y) uoya idgaxe Alojepuew 628 J91]0/1U09 sWpE! OY) JO SUOHONASU! OY “sLUNLUIURY DUIpue}
Suunp spuoses OF uey) s10u 40} 10 ‘Yowordde Uo|si901d B BuUNp spucdes g YAY) O10 10} 180} PezvoYine jeu oF separ yA 1DKIUOD jeNVU LOL4 “s0JO11UOD wpe! oY) Yim Poysyquise
8} yowordde jour, Uo suoneojunULuod (y) ‘YoyM MOjAq PoptAold BU Po;Ndexe oq WJeYs Yowordde 94 1snus UONEDY HUEY BANCO “MOjEq 4110} 108 Bu 40 BOLE AUINDNIUd wy) UI LONYIOdo
Posen © ‘yowordde jeu) 0} JoNd esmioyio 12e1p Au say02)U09 JUpes oy} UBYM 140%] Sinome 10} Poysyquive Geoyl yim puodseros YeYs (s)opmnWy Win Yovorddy juni)

11d Ye (g) 30 ZsuuneU Ra

yorum SIA 1deoxo ‘poyeaipyy osjmioyio 1 “UONEASIO Lodse eACge 1 Buoy “pore:
PMI “VE PUP “HOL “VWH ‘LVH 1deoxe “sy PMIINIE PUB SuONEARTZ “OneUBeLU o19 sieIpe: PUL “eoeinoD ‘sBuIpeoY ‘su:

$€°L6 Luvd YVd - 3DIAUAS SGHVONVLS LHOMd -- 3HNGIDOWd HOVOUddY LNIWNYLSNI GUVONVILS -- YvaVE
NOLLVYLSININGY NOLLVIAY TwuaGad - NOLLVLHOdSNVYL 40 LN3WLUVdaa “s'n

JUN BO]KU BONNEY UF o10
0) UL

Figure A6-2

Page 4


8260.19C

9/16/93

‘Aviation Standards National P.O. Box 25082

US. Department
of Transportation Field Ottce ‘Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73125

Federal Aviation
Administration

Executive Assistant

National Business Aircraft Assn.
1200 Eighteenth St., N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20036

Dear Sir:

Please review the attached instrument approach
procedure/procedures.

Original procedures contain new information not previously
published. Amendments to existing procedures list the
proposed changes on the reverse side of the instrument
approach procedures.

Your comments may be made on this transmittal letter in the
space provided below or by separate statement. The
instrument approach procedure may also be retained for your
files.

Your reply should be received no later than ?
otherwise, we will assume that you concur with this
proposal. Reply should be addressed to the following
office:

FAA Great Lakes Regional Office, Attn. AGL-220
2300 East Devon Avenue
Des Plaines, IL 60018

L.D. Fantin

Acting Manager, Battle Creek Flight
Inspection Field Office

Attachment.

REMARKS.

Signature.

Title.

Page 9-20

Figure 9-6
Standard Form Letter

Chap 9
Par 908b


8260.19C
9

Appendi

9/16/93

Odd 28V
#391140

ASIVID3dS NOLLVAOAN! TVOLLNVNOHAY

Exag

‘atv

BHOOUddY ‘I'S

tA@ QBHVd3ud =O Lavd

“SUNOH v2 LNOAW3Y YAY HOVOUddY 27 AMH SAGIAOUd NV3IUNE WIHLVIM SN»

“SIWMWINIW NO 193443 ON “(.202) ANITH3LN3D WOU 14 052 NVHL SS37 Y3174HS LN3WdIND| SD *UAAW
VN VINININ SLVNUBL TV 'SIWSS S3IN0938 I-48 Ty “(197) oc90-00cz 35019 HIMOL

“WN/L4 OC¥ = OOLY LY VOIOW NOUS DO :G3NINORH Ld -#
“20H 0031 ONVHV3TN O3ONIY NIVUUBL SNONIVINNOW G31VNDISAG-$ ‘SHHVWAY - 9 ttivd

Laue

WAOUdd¥ 40 S3LV0

aNd NO SUBAIVM JO H3GWNN

SQUVGNVLS 40 SHSAIVM “11

BNIWBLN3O WOUS “13

BNMH3LNaD NOT XX SNINIY ASUNOD

COHSSHHL WOUS “Ld

QIOHSauHL AvMNAY] x

HOVOUdd¥ TWNId ‘OL

OSS -IHOIBH ONISSOWD GIOHSSUHL 0501
Visi WV AMU/E CIS! “VNNALNY SO A313 [AMY WOUS BONVLSIO 3d01S

Se BIS! <CIOHSSUHL AME AR13 oot 3TONV SO. 30nd ‘6

ino Now 420 S1dN_INSWNULSNE

8% HOVOUdaY 63 Sid WSHLVaM TV

BONVY TWASIA AVMNNY

SONDIUWW AWMNN “L

Tain
5 ISWA (Mypeds) uario | % es Ten |X | uae
ez anivo| x 62's swal xX | ven tal
Zan sis (s) "9
eau xX sw
Vad NOWISNVEL] > | NidO SUNOH SOI 2BNOZ TOULNOT] XK Ts vasuv s
Vauv TOULNOD ‘Dvd WINN 3OvdSUIV GANIOWLNOD 4O _YOOTS
Gav ocvo-0cz le ‘2vo] ‘Ngo. a0 aceo-oocz Je “LWO}-NLdo
Taw) coce-oc0 1 tvo| SHH (20 ootz-oce0 tivo] SHH | cows

LOL IL :LNIOd HOLINOM

LOLV IHL :LNIOd HOLINOW | YOLINOW

WO VOO0N ‘CIVAYN wuitawavN| =‘
‘AuvONODaS AuviNiid
"NAWLSANGY OH) ann ana
+HOdIY NO "NO ANOLOVASILVS|
!NOLLVEadO ALOWSH SHNOH ‘NOLWOO1
LuOdtIY NO SONVISIO oly
TOLv na vv
‘aounos| tuaHiol vSS3 NOOddv tu
DNUISS USLWILW _€ BOMuaS HaHivaM @ THLIM SNOILVOINAWNOD

VIVO WALN3W3TddNS- @ Luvd

“TSW GoDz “Yau 1d NI NIVHH3L
@i02Z ?3SHNOD ANUL ANIWOIS FLVIGANILN!

“TSW 6092 :LN3WD3S ALVICIWUALN! NIVHESL IH
“WN €°2 td ,00S1 Lv LN3WD3S 3LVIO3WU3LNI HLOIM “2
“WN 8°98 ‘1d 00S! O1 v4 1SIC “9
Trezz !ASUNOS 3NUL LNAWDAS WN ‘S

“TSW 0S0z 7:LN3WO3S TWNId NIVHU3L IH

“WN 09°t $id 0001 LV LN3WDS TWNI4 HLOIM “t
“WN 18° 1d 0001 O1 HHL SIC“
Oo'sostzw/oc'siceve :SaHOOD avd *
So'covzza/ar'tsezec ‘SQUOOD CZ AMH “h
iwiva 39vdsHIV

ade

WYOd 4O FAIS 31ISOddO WOU4 SNOLLVNV1dx3 / S3LON

Figure A9-2a

Page 5 (and 6)


8260.19C CHG 2 12/29/99

(3) Paragraph 430. Clarifies establishment of visual descent point (VDP).

(4) Section 4. Terminates the use of commercial broadcast stations for instrument procedure
development. Section RESERVED for Special Procedure processing instructions.

(5) Section 7. Updates information relating to instrument departure procedures to bring the
order in consonance with Order 8260.46, Instrument Departure Procedure (DP) Program. Defines policy
for DP development, provides specifications for textual versus graphic departures, and provides
methodology for publication of both obstacle and ATC required altitudes/climb gradients.

(6) Section 8. Removes all references to Standard Instrument Procedures ( SID’s) and clarifies
AVN-100 responsibilities relating to Standard Terminal Arrival Routes (STAR’s).

c. Chapter 5.
(1) Paragraph 501. Changes and reassigns the responsibilities of AVN-100, and adds the
tesponsibilities of the All Weather Operations Program Managers in the Regional Flight Standards

Divisions.

(2) Paragraph 502. Defines procedures for obstruction evaluations (OE) more clearly and
updates responsibilities to reflect recent organizational changes.

(3) Paragraph 506. Clarifies AVN-100 actions.

(4) Paragraph 507. Changes text and graphics to more clearly define controlled airspace
requirements.

d. Chapter 6.
(1) Paragraph 600. Adds U.S. Navy address for official inquiries.

(2) Paragraph 601. Emphasizes impoitance and responsibility of documenting/ maintaining
military fixes. .

e. Chapter 7.
(1) Paragraph 701d. Incorporates regional level of responsibility.
(2) Paragraph 702. Provides a more concise list of operational benefits/improvements.
(3) Paragraph 703. Provides more extensive information for performing a safety analysis.
(4) Paragraph 706a(5). Adds information concerning an unsuccessful flight check.
(5) Paragraph 706e. Adds drawing concerning “Stand-Alone Fix on Localizer Course.”

(6) Section 8. Provides more information regarding the responsibility for Facilities and
Equipment (F&E) support.

Page 2


9/16/93

MSA from OAK VORTAC 360-170 4900,
170-360 3700.

(8) Provide a single MSA only when the
altitude difference between all sectors does not
exceed 300 feet, as follows:

MSA from XYZ VORTAC 7700.

(4) Enter the radius of the sector if more
than 25 NM; and, when the facility-to-airport
distance exceeds 25 NM, use a radius of up to
30 NM, as follows:

MSA from ABC VORTAC 060-150 2300,
150-240 3000, 240-330 3600, 330-060 4200
(28 NM).

(5) Where more than one procedure for an
airport is established on the same facility, the
MSA sector divisions shall be identical for each
procedure.

(6) MSAs are for emergency use only.
Do not amend procedures solely to revise an MSA
except when the MSA provides less than 950 feet
of obstacle clearance.

812, TAKEOFF AND ALTERNATE
MINIMUMS. .

a. Takeoff Minimums. Where takeoff
minimums for all runways at the airport are
standard, check the "STD" box. If takeoff
minimums for any runway are other than
standard or if IFR departure procedures are in
effect at the airport, check the box titled "See
FAA Form 8260-15 for this Airport.” Complete
Form 8260-15 in accordance with guidelines
contained in paragraph 835. For COPTER
procedures, leave both boxes blank. SIAP
amendments specifically to address origination or
cancellation of an FAA Form 8260-15 are no
longer necessary. NOS will take action based
solely upon the 8260-15 form.

b. Alternate Minimums.

(1) To qualify for alternate minimums, an
airport must have weather reporting at the
airport and the weather must be reported on
Service A weather sequences. Commercial
operators who have an approved weather

Chap 8
Par 811h(2)

8260.19C

reporting service may be authorized alternate
minimums without the requirement for Service A
hourly aviation reports.

(2) Chapter 2 of this order defines facility
monitoring categories (1, 2, 3, and 4) and
utilization of these categories. Alternate
minimums shall not be denied on precision
SIAPs if the OM or authorized substitute does
not have a remote status indicator. This is
because the ILS/MLS is monitored, and the
GS/GP provides intercept and descent guidance.
However, this does not apply to nonprecision
SIAPs or the LOC/AZ portion of an ILS/MLS
SIAP; ie, deny alternate minimums on a
nonprecision SLAP if the facility is not monitored.
Alternate minimums are NOT authorized on
LORAN-C SIAPs.

(8) Enter alternate minimums in the
space provided. If sufficient space is not available
in the Alternate Minimums block for all necessary
data, the entry may be continued in the NOTES
section or placed entirely on Form 8260-10. If
continued in the NOTES section, separate the
data from the landing minima notes by placing
the data to the right side of the block. When
necessary td use Form 8260-10, state:
“Continued on Page 2" in the Alternate
Minimums block.

(4) When alternate minimums are
standard, enter the word "Standard"; when not
authorized, place an "X" in the "NA" box. When
part-time, or higher than standard for some
categories, enter "Standard #" and annotate the
appropriate condition by separate standard Note:

# NA when control tower closed.
# CAT D 1000-3

(5) When alternate minimums are non-
standard; e.g., higher than standard for all
categories, available for certain users, etc., do
NOT place an X in the NA box. Enter # next to
the "NA" box and annotate the appropriate
condition by separate standard Note:

# NA except standard for operators
with approved weather reporting
service.
# CAT A,B 900-2, CAT C 900-2 1/2, CAT
D 1000-3

Page 8-13


9/16/93 8260.19C
Appendix 8

Page 1


8260.19C

9/16/93
Appendix 4
INAME:
4. AIR TRAFFIC REQUESTS APPROVAL OF REFERENCED FIX FOR: I JACKSON VOR/DME
COMPULSORY - AIRSPACE STRUCTURE XK [LOW ALTITUDE
A REPORTING POINT XX] ON REQUEST FOR WHICH FIX IS DESIRED [XX THIGH ALTITUDE
8 HOLDING
PAT, SPEED AIRSPACE SPEED AIRSPACE SPEED AIRSPACE SPEED ‘AIRSPACE
170-175 t H 200 - 230 tL H 265 L H 310 L H
1 140/250 & uw 340 8 145/250 16 20
2
3
COMPLETELY WITHIN CONTROLLED AIRSPACE (i answer is "NO" indicate Air Traffic action Yes | NO
c. ress required in tem 3 "REMARKS") >
CLEAR OF RESTRICTED / WARNING AREAS x
5. CHART PUBUCATION X TREQUIRED,
NOT REQUIRED:
S[TERMINAL| SID STAR vAL AL ENROUTE LOW | _ENROUTE HIGH
FX PRESENT x x
REQUESTED. x x x
HOLDING |_PRESENT %X___| NOTE:: HOLDING EN ROUTE LOW
REQUESTED. x
DATE: FACILITY: ‘SIGNATURE:
6. INITIATED 207/89 SEAFIFO N. PALLIBLE
7. CONTROLLING OBSTRUCTIONS
PATTERN] AIRCRAFT OBSTRUCTION | COORDINATES | ELEVATION (msi) CRITERIA DETERMINATION,
1 (200-230 TERRAIN 4343041104900, 11523 Pas MAP STUDY
265 TERRAIN 4343071104904 12514 Pas AND FLTCK.
2
3
DATE CHECKED: CHECKED BY: N. FALLIBLE
02/07/69
8. FLIGHT INSPECTION: @. REVISION RECORD
LOW ALTITUDE HIGH ALTITUDE __| REVISION NO. DATE OF REVISION:
FIDO / FIFO SEA SEA 5 716789
VALIDATION DATES: 629/89 62989
ee ae ‘SUPERSEDES: DATED:
Saree oe Bere 4 was77
10. REASON FOR REVISION:
CHANGE MCA V330.,
REVISE MTA'S.
CHANGE CONTROLLING OBSTRUCTION FOR HOLDING.
ADDED 265K SPEED CATEGORY,
11. FIFO DATE: FIFO: (SIGNATURE:
APPROVAL (07/06/89 SEA IL. SUPREMO
12. DISTRIBUTION [NFDC: REGION/AREA: JARTCC: [AVN FIFO: TOTHER: ATCT
(No. of copies) ATM-600 ANM-220 zc AVN-220 | SEA
TNOT REQUIRED
18 WASINOTON [COMPLETED DATE EFFECTIVE

Figure Ad-2a

Page 4


8260.19C CHG 2 12/29/99
Appendix 1

APPENDIX 1. FLIGHT PROCEDURES REFERENCES

The following documents form the basic reference library for flight procedures activities.

ORDERS AND NOTICES
Number Subject
1000.1 Policy Statement of the Federal Aviation Administration
1010.59 Omni-directional Approach Lighting System
1050.1 Policies and Procedures for Considering Environmental Impacts.
1720.23 Distribution of Aeronautical Charts and Related Flight Information Publications
1800.56 Administfation of Aviation Standards Activities - Program Guidelines
5010.4 Airport Safety Data Program
5100.38 Airport Improvement Program (AIP) Handbook
6030.1 FAA Policy on Facility Relocations Occasioned by Airport Improvements or Changes
6030.18 Mobile Air Traffic Control, Navigational Aid, Communication and Power System
6030.20 Electrical Power Policy
| 6050.32 Spectrum Management Regulations and Procedures Manual
6560.10 Runway Visual Range (RVR)
| 6700.20 Non-Federal Navigational Aids and Air Traffic Control Facilities
6750.16 Siting Criteria for Instrument Landing Systems
6750.24 ILS and Ancillary Electronic Component Configuration and Performance Requirement
6750.49 Maintenance of Instrument Landing Systems (ILS) Facilities
6850.2 Visual Guidance Lighting Systems
6850.5 Maintenance of Lighted Navigational Aids.
6950.2 Electric Power Policy Implementation at National Airspace System Facilities
6980.12 Provision of Remote Monitor for Electrical Power and/or Remote Start of Engine Generators
6980.26 Battery Backup Power Systems - Theory and Selection Guidelines
7031.2 Airway Planning Standards #1 Terminal Air Navigation Facilities and ATC Services
7031.3 Airway Planning Standards #2 Air Route Traffic Control
| 7032.5 Airport Surface Detection Equipment (ASDE-3) Air Traffic Service Operational Requirements
7100.9 Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR)
7110.10 Flight Services
7110.19 Designation Taxiways as Temporary Runways
7110.22 Arrival and Departure Handling of High Performance Aircraft
7110.65 Air Traffic Control
7110.79 Charted Visual Flight Procedures
7130.3 Holding Pattern Criteria
| AT 7130.8 Development of Holding Pattern Criteria and Procedures
7210.3 Facility Operations and Administration
7210.37 En Route Minimum IFR Altitude (MIA) Sector Charts
7232.5 Reduced or Increased Operating Hours for ATCT's/Approach Control Facilities
7350.2 Air Traffic Operational Coding System
7350.6 Location Identifiers
7400.2 Procedures for Handling Airspace Matters
7900.2 Reporting of Electronic Navigation Aids and Communication Facilities Data to the NFDC
7930.2 Notices to Airmen (NOTAM's)
8200.1 United States Standard Flight Inspection Manual
VN 8240.1A NAVAID Facility and Airport Data Procedures
8240.47 Determination of ILS Glidepath Angle, Reference Datum Heights (RDH). and Ground Point of
Intercept (GPI)
8260.3 United States Standard for Terminal Instrument Procedures (TERPS)

Page 2


9/16/93

Appendix 7

8260.19C

s30vd___40 30vd (paves.ue6 seindwos) g - 0928 WHOS V4
aval WNIDIHO “Het AMY AVNY NVHOT 080zXKM “UN! SNV3THO V1 'LNOWS3NV7 MBN
‘3NON tan}
*UBISUNAH |BWVN LuOdtity|
ANS} _:Biva _3AU03I43 /‘ON LOWY/ ON 3UNGR00ud Aunrova | 6 azaL_ 8 INOLLWASTA| BLVLS ONY ALIO
“NOLLVILVA DLLBNDWW 3¥ 351.
“WIL LOL ALIUGISIA G 1V9 3SV3HONI ‘USTVW IALLVadONI HOd
“G3S070 H3MOL TOULNOD N3HM VN # ‘WN 3UNG3IOUd 03019 HIMOL TOULNOD N3HM :S3LON
105 z 008 tov | wee 00s 1s + co t ov ONITOUID
ie t ove | ice ua ove tee uh ove En ove wets
wuiiwa| Sia VON |WwH/wH] SIA VOW | WvH/LvH] SIA von _|wvi/ive] SIA vow SIA vow
3 a 2 a v <===5= AYODSLVD
wouvonvis[ | VN ‘@LvNUaLIV LUOdulV SIHL HO4 St-092e WHOS V4 43S |X] GuVONWIS] | ‘44034VL
SWAWININ ~
‘99 UVBA HOOda av BVA SW 001z dM SHV _“WOUd VSH@
002! dM HADI LIV NIN 'Y
csv aii dvW OL 4v4 1sI0 dm U3IDIW 4v4 co'sZ1 OVS eC
“V0 Ad 40 31 NI 24 0021 ‘ONNOGNI CO'SZ1 ‘17'aM UIDIWN GION “2
wi) 40 S70 NIHLIM La ONNOBLNO. ASHNOD 40 3GIS__ WN Ld "t
“0S NOLLVAI13 dM SHV?

“WNYG'O SD NO dVW OL VOW SONVISIC TWLNOZIHOH
*S33UD30 91°C DNILLS HALNdWOD 3d01S 30ND

‘erlooe/recooE S1VOG 08 -1SGO SV4
“ONNOBN: 00'CRz ‘1H ‘3 CIOH

ivivO_LHOMS ‘TwNOLLIGGV

“10H ONY
dM WVdO OL JSUNOD CBO VIA 0002 O1 NHNL 1437 ONIGWIID

0007 t121/60°082 dM 391 dM INvdO

2M SAV AWW | 3001 BONViSIO ONV_3SHNOD OL woud
HOVOHddv G3SsIN S3LNOu “WNIWHaL
THAR 1994 Ur 20 Soyus OYS UY ORE YONA SoqMIQISIA Jd32K2 ‘payEDIpUL aswEpo €C °46 LUVd HV4* JOIAWSS SOHVONVILS LHOINS
‘SS9Un som WONNWU UY oF@ S2OUR}SIQ “~NONEAD}E HONE anogE 199} | oR SEUYED “PaIEOIpUL —_—_—
PHYO SCOR eopruge earwumonu ase Sopreny “Vig PUSH. "Yo ‘Lvra oomTM “Te BUNGAIOUd HOVOUddY LNAWNUYLSNIGHVONVLS — AVNUNVHOT

“199 uy ow Sopnygye pus suCHEASIy ‘SneUBeW Os sreipEs pUB~sasinco “sBuIpwoy ‘shueeg NOILVYLSININGY NOILVIAV 1VH3034 - NOILVIHOdSNVHL JO INSWiHVd30 Ss"

Figure A7-11

Page 12


9/16/93 8260.19C
EXPANDED SERVICE VOLUME REQUEST
PART | - (FOR USE BY REQUESTING OFFICE)
FRM ncne ter TIRSPAGE OOGKET NOMBEM | exranpen StRVICE VOUMAE
XL estaauion
OKC FIFO sire Revere
co ance
FACILITY DATA
HART naw Tocation
GUNNISON (GUC) GUNNISON
TPEGUASS FREQUENCY
H-VORTAC 114.9 CHAN 96
EXPANDED SERVICE VOLUME DATA
RADIAL DISTANCE ete REQUIREMENT
062 140 1go00 | 37000 | off Airway Route - Frontier AL
SeATURE rom Dae
F. P. SPECIALIST OKC_FIFO 7/14/82
PART Il - (FOR USE BY FREQUENCY MANAGEMENT OFFICER)
EXPANDED SERVICE VOLUME Kl approves Cl orsapproveo Daestacteo
REMARKS tinny tonne Rowe
BeenTURE ROUTING SAGO. one
F. M. OFFICER ANM-426 1/26/82
PART Wi - (FOR USE BY FLIGHT INSPECTION FIELD OFFICE)
EXPANDED SERVICE VOLUME K) aprnoveu 1 Lotsaprswe Tristate
ewan
Flight inspection satisfactory:
GUC to GUC R-062/140 @ 18000.
GUC R-062/140 to GUC @ 37000.
SawaTORE Tota, Sea Tae
F. P. CHIEF OKC _FIFO 8/9/82
FAA Form 6050-4 (4-76) SUPERSEDES PREVIOUS EDITION
RETURN TO ORIGINATOR
Figure 9-2
Chap 9

Par 902f

Page 9-3


8260.19C

flight inspection section supervisor shall sign
this block. Enter the name, title and signature of
the flight operations/scheduling section
supervisor who makes the determination that an
amendment does NOT require a confirming flight
inspection. Include the date of the most recent
flight inspection of the facility and SIAP. Use the
word "pending" if the procedure is submitted
prior to flight check under Order 8260.26B or if
publication is required on a specific charting cycle
date. Record copies maintained in the FIAO
shall be signed by the flight inspection pilot upon
completion of all flight inspection requirements.

f. Developed By. Enter the name and
signature of the procedures specialist responsible
for developing the SIAP, and the date signed.
Authority to sign in this block is assigned to:
airspace system inspection pilots, GS-2181-13 or
higher; and supervisors, regardless of job series.
The signature in this block certifies that:

(1) The specialist used the most current
and accurate data in developing the SIAP.

(2) The SIAP was developed in
accordance with appropriate policies, directives,
standards, and criteria. (See special instructions
for FAA Form 8260-7 in paragraph 833.)

g. Approved By. Enter the name and
signature of the FIAO manager. The signature in
this block certifies that the SIAP:

(1) Conforms to procedures development
policies, standards, and criteria.

(2) Was flight checked in accordance
with applicable directives and standards.
"Pending" SIAPs forwarded under FAA Order
8260.26B, Establishing and Scheduling
Instrument Approach Procedures Effective Dates,
will be flight checked at a later date.

(8) Is approved for proposed rulemaking
action (FAR Part 97) and publication.

(4) Was developed using the most
accurate data available.

h. Changes and Reasons. The purpose of

these entries is to keep charting agencies and
coordinating offices advised of major procedural

Page 8-36

9/16/93

changes. The listing of changes should include all
revisions (except clerical) and the reasons should
contain sufficient details so that the cause for the
procedural amendment will be clear to the
reviewing offices.

i. Simultaneous NOTAM Cancellation. Inthe
event the revision supports an FDC NOTAM
which will be canceled on the effective date of the
revision, the following Note shall be added in the
lower part of the REASONS block: "This cancels
FDC 9/175."

838. CANCELLATION OF INSTRUMENT
APPROACH PROCEDURES.

Cancellation of instrument approach procedures
shall be accomplished on the same form number
as required for documentation of the SIAP.

a. Entries. All items on the front side of the
forms shall be left blank, except type of procedure
and the CITY, STATE line. This line shall
duplicate the currently effective SIAP. The
following notation shall be typed in the NOTES
section: "Procedure canceled effective

" (NFDC will fill in the date.) If
applicable, enter in the lower portion of the
REASONS block: "Concurrent with VOR Rwy
18, Original."

b. IAPA. The methodology for cancellation of
IAPA generated procedures is contained in the
IAPA USERS MANUAL (IUM), chapter 3,
paragraph 3.5.4.

839, MINOR REVISIONS TO SIAPs.

Except for IAPA procedures forms, minor changes
to instrument approach procedures on existing
manual forms may be made providing the form
can be reproduced and the changes can be made
so that the panel will be camera-ready.

840. PROCESSING,

The AVN system of quality control is designed to
ensure that policy and standards are uniformly
applied, and that procedures are complete and
accurate. The objective is to develop instrument
procedures that can be can be published without
change after final review. When the FIAO
quality review is completed, the procedure shall
be forwarded to NFDC for publication.

Chap 8
Par 837e


9/16/93

8260.19C
Appendix 7

“UBLAWIL Iv 3L0N3Y S3SN dvIS 7%
“NOLWLNdNOD vavI “tL
iSNOSV3H

‘TZ LOWY ‘» AMY HOA HLIM LN3UUNDNOD BAL934I3 »

“dQa 313730

“BONVISIO/ASUNOD 3LNOH IWNINYAL ‘dVM !3SUNOD GNNOBNI ONIGTOH !3SHNOD GNNOAINO 1d fov4 “1

'SONVHO

‘swiivor xa YaDVNV 3DHVHO'N VI

iauva Ostd !BWWN
AS QAAOUddY

sworror XAV NOUG NVH

!aLva Osis !SWVN
Ag_d3d073A30

ea/20/01 XAV S3ILON HV3M tT

'Buvo Oats 'WVvN

Ad G3N93HO LHONS

‘uowv‘az‘isivava = [Xi] xd

MM OM OF OO ©

(Apeds) Y3HLO ven vdOv vdv vVdlv ivy viv
7HLIM G3LWNIGYOOD
. on (_] saa [X
BLV 303443 GauINOaY S3ILMOV4 40 S3LVNIGHOOS 2O3MAIAIY S3UNGIIOd GALI344V TV

Figure A7-14a

Page 16


9/16/93 8260.19C
X | Approval Recommended
{ REGIONALFIFO ENDORSEMENT
Comments -
Relocation of this fix will expedite traffic flow in and out of the Clifton-Morenci
terminal complex.
Date outing Symbol Signature
6/11/86 AWM-220 Manager, Flight Procedures Branch
X_] Approval Recommended
8. AVN ENOORSEMENT c Not Recommended
i Not Required
Comments
Date Routing Symbol ‘Signature
7/16/86 AVN~200 Manager, Flight Procedures and Inspection Division
X_ | Approved
10. AFO ACTION Disepproved
Not Requied
Comments
Dae Routing Symbol Signature
12/24/86 AFS-400 Manager, Technical Programs Division
Figure 9-5a
Chap 9
Par 9031 Page 9-11


9/16/93

8260.19C

Appendix 10

“Aouafuawe pareep sepun AjU0 waosap sayyn4
“OnLy JO EpNyYe wusosap LuNWJUIL O} Yee pusdseg

TM~

sobeq 1 jo 1 eBeg (payesauaB 1a;ndwios) QO} - 0978 WHOS VV4
Lahdaled ‘aaLva) Qiost XvH) BONLILTY MOT 40 00v AWOdUIY ALNNOD HOOLLNY 3N ‘HOOLLNY
— 7 aan] tee ‘9 ony ‘vz ANH 40
J ‘USIEULNBGI SSN LUOdHIV
tdNs| ‘ava 3AU03343 /'ON LONV/‘ON 3uNAz00ud auntows ovec :3Z01 S90c iNOLVATIB ALVIS ONV ALO
98 (WA HOOda att VAD YN SSd HOOLLNV “WOU TOLNOD 40
“PIOYSEsyI WOU} ,OOOE suIya}Uso
2 Aemuru sassoso esinoo yoroidde jeul4 rat

ewe sa a

‘sa
01 NIHLIM ¥ez ASHNOD NO 00t9 OL
QWIID ‘VNNALNY JO ONISSd YaLdv

*HOVOUddY O3SSIN
a 0} yesone pusoseg
Ba] punogino ajnuwy &

cote WN 0% O9c-09t

0069 WN OP 09-060

0opL WNOD osc-09c

ootol WN OOL O9t-O9t

van SONVLSIO wOLO3S

VNNBLNV 4G O1 NOILISNVEL

“ADVHIAOO ALIMOV LON ‘AINO 3ONVHV3TO 319V1SEO 193743Y SIGNLL TW HOLD3S “VNNBLNV 40 3H WOU 3YV SJONVISIO GNV SONIEV3E

"HAL 1994 Uf 20 SOyLU OUI UF aA YOHYA SOMNCISIA Klaoxe ‘pelwo;PYY esMIeL

‘Ssojun Som feogNeU UY af SEOUESI “~UOHEASID Hodye GAOge 193) uj O70 SBUNIeD ‘parE2;pU)
cpuuoyio SSa]UN Soprupre WuNUNUL OF@ SOPMIY “WE PUD HOA. "WH ‘LVH Ideoxe “ISW
"100} 44 o2@ Sopniays pus suonEKe) ‘oRsUbeW om sieipws pus ‘sesiNcD ‘sfupyoy ‘sbulweQ

BO.AU3S SCUVONVIS LHONS
BYNGRDONd HOVOUddY 40 AONADYAWS
NOLLVHLSINIWGY NOLLVIAV TWH3034 - NOLLVLUOdSNVUL 4O LNAWLuVda0 ‘S'n

Figure A10-1

Page 2


12/29/99

HORIZONTAL

Code Tolerance
1 +20° (6 m)
2 +50° (5 m)
3 +100° (30 m)
4 +250" (75 m)
5 +500" (150 m)
6 +1000’ (300 m)
7 +1/2 NM (900 m)
8 +1NM (1800 m)
9 Unknown

VERTICAL

Code Tolerance
A +3" (im)
B +10° Gm)
Cc +20° (6m)
D +50° (5 m)
E +125" (38 m)
F +250" (75 m)
G +500° (150 m)
H +1000° (300 m)
1 Unknown

b. Sources. The task group was provided
specified accuracies from each of the following
sources:

(1) Department of Commerce. Charting
information is verified and published by the
National Ocean Service (NOS).

(a) Airport Obstruction
(OC) obstacle accuracies quoted by NOS are:

Chart

1. Flightpath and transitional

areas +20' (6 m) horizontally and +2' (1 m)
vertically out to 20,000'(6100m). Code 1A.

2. Flightpath and transitional

area +40' (12 m) horizontally and +20' (6 m)
vertically beyond 20,000' (6100 m). Code 2C.

3. Horizontal surface area +20°

(6m) _ horizontally and +5’ (1.5 m) vertically.
Code 1B.

8260.19C CHG 2
Appendix 2

4. Conical surface +40' (12 m)
horizontally and +20’ (6 m) vertically. Code 2C

5. Radio and TV towers +20-40'
(6-12m) horizontally, as in paragraphs 101b(1)(a)1
and 2, but +40’ (12 m) horizontally and +10' (3 m)
vertically if not surveyed for an OC chart.
Code 2B. (Radio and TV towers are accurate
vertically to +2' (.6 m) anywhere on the OC survey
if they penetrate a surface) Code 2A.

(b) World Aeronautical Chart
(WAOQ), Sectional Chart, and VFR Terminal
Chart.

1. Terrain features which are not
marked as spot elevations:

Chart Horizontal Vertical*

WAC _— +1700'(500m) +500" (150 m)
Sec +900' (275m) —- +250" (75 m)
VFR +500'(150m) — +250’ (75 m)

*1/2 contour line

2. When obstacles or mountain
peaks are specifically marked by a spot elevation,
the vertical accuracy changes to +3' (1 m). Thus,
vertical accuracy code becomes “1A.”

3. When these charts are used to
establish coordinates, it must be recognized that
Inter-Agency Air Cartographic Committee (ACC)
charting standards permit displacement of objects
to provide for relative depiction. To account for
these additional errors, the horizontal accuracy
factors shall be doubled for manmade obstacles
depicted on WAC, Sectional, and VFR charts.

(2) Department of Defense.

(a) National Imaging Mapping
Agency (NIMA): (Outside U.S. Only)
1. NIMA’s taped terrain data
from 1:350,000 charts, +500' (150 m) horizontally
and +100' (30 m) vertically. Code SE.

2. Automated Obstruction File,
varied accuracy. Use +500' (150 m) horizontally
and +125' (38 m) vertically unless verified to a
higher accuracy. Code SE.

Page 3


9/16/93

8260.19C

Appendix 9

(payesauab sayndwios) § - 9978 W404 YW

osv @ LOWY ‘cz AMY STE tat ALI LHOdS NL‘SOND
NoI93H] “ON LNBWONSWY ONY auNG300ud auntova sist NOILVA31A ¥ LHOduIV BLVLS ONV ALID
ooss: Sore wseeze (osve-cr) UML Ove-012 OovL 29co Toz/sor Sa3uL 001 | 081-060
0c8 o6zs eszjoat S3auL 001 o2z-081 ors soc vozeco ‘S33U1 001 080-08
vsW Qsw)Nouvaaal 1sia/oua | Notonuisao HOLO3S vsw NOLLWASI3 4sia/oua _ [ Nowonuiseo YOLOaS:
WOTVO90N _‘GIVAVN AUVINIHd SSQNLILW 34VS WAWININ 'S
oss [| _ANs? 3 AWODALVO
ozczoore As oor (92) vooz toa/te Bless _|a] wee @ AWOD3LVO
ozczooez Us oor (92) voor weveze/etocec (90) aati ‘vt toa/iee aL ose jo] wnat D_AYODSLVS
ozwoove Ts 00¢ (52) 9561 et ties 2] os ml ws @ AUODSLVO
‘oezzioowz ns 006 (oe)eser | ceveza/ziocee (90) 33uL ct twi/i88, ose [°F wet ¥_AWODALVS
“Lduv ABV LH Bonvisia | vay ONMOHIO "¥
est [Aga
ININALEV two
osv INUWOT 31008 BHU | aww
oonw/eouw (00s1Sv 600 ° WN OF wooow | NUNL SuNGIOUd ~
Oo1w/001y sesso coo1 | (oz) eozz ‘t
oset poizza/ozcoc NIVEUAL ZL ~
022/007 ose] (oz) oser soizza/pozcoc SILL 001 “tL HL uaAVa NMOQdaLS
~os0z 0
Oopz/oorz osz| (oz) osiz deozza/soccec S33uL Oot “or ANtYBAVE vo90N 907 IWNta
‘0s0z ‘Zeozza/soctoc NiVuWAL 6 [_
oozenzt OSV Ha doiniso|SUSTWNtd
(009t/6006 ‘0001S¥ Co E
oos | (52) eoze % vooow (wn on) Agia 907 :21viGaWHALNI
o0@t/609e ‘0001S¥ coor | Stotze/ooecec Nivaual @
‘oose/0096 co) cos] (oz)6oez| _steiza/ooscac | S33UL 001 | @9D1NI SD WnovAdan| SU:aLviaaWuaLN
‘0001 s¥ one | Ssprizeorivec nv ‘® __ OO
‘0003/0005 ceziv| coor] (oz)orzc | Spiizeorivec ‘S33UL 001 'S NI AGI ANI TON win
00s1Sv vove | Sozize/ovarsc Nivuual ‘y
# 0019/POOr 61d {  soost| (oz) vosz sozize@/ovecer S33UL.00t'C} — LNVWO1 VION 43WaS
Oost Sv ivev{ _ oveste/ococec | NivuUal @
‘o0cw0009 estav| soos] (oz) zece Olesigococec S3IUL COL" AN! LaWas AN SVWVG 430333,
“won | SiNaWLSArOV “LW dou | isw aaa | saivniquooo NOWLoONY1sSAO on WOU IN3WO3S dav _t
Viva NOWONULSAO Vv- Luvd _
qyooa¥ WLVG AYNGADOYd HOWOUddV LNAWNYLSNI GHYVONVLS

Figure A9-2

Page 4


9/16/93 8260.19C
Appendix 6

APPENDIX 5._ILS - STANDARD
INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE
FAA FORM 8260-3

Paget


9/16/93

FIAO Original
Regional FS Division Copy
AVN-200 Copy
AFS-400 Copy

Each division (AVN-200 and AFS-400) shall
distribute copies to the appropriate offices within
its organization.

1. Cancellation of a waiver may be done by
the initiating office or by AFS-400. The canceling
office shall enter a signed statement to that effect,
with the effective date and reason for
cancellation. (See figure 9-3A.) The canceling
office shall then distribute copies to the same
organizations that received the approved waiver.

Chap 9
Par 903k

8260.19C

Page 9-5


8260.19C
Appendix 7

9/16/93

$30vd 40 3ovd (paye10u06 sojnduios) ¢ - o9z8 INHOS VW4
eons aiva ot LOWY ‘uz AMY BON a ‘WNOWLWNUALNI 3UVH atoovo
eo Law}
{UaLJLLN3OI FBWYN LuOdttV|
ANS} _:3LWO_3AUL03453 /ON LOWV/ "ON 3uNd3z00ud Aunovs | ese ‘az01___too :NOLLWASTA| BLVLS ONV ALIO,
“OLY AG QAZIUOHLNY NBHM 002
“GauINOSY 3G HO YVGVH :S3LON
ess z ozzt cay we oot | cov 4 oo | coy ae SNMOBID
105 ooo | oo | sos coos [omit zos | coor | oars | 40s [ cooy | oot __uze-s|
SWNWINIW 3WQ HO UvavE _ _ _
[css z oxen ores oss ae css 1 [oz
203 ozzi oz: | 20s coor | ozes | 20s | oooy | ozes
WwHiivH] SIA vow _| WH /LvH van vow | wHitvH! sia van _|wrivi] sia vaw
a a v <===== AUODALVO
LX vn saivnuanw 1UOdUIV SIHL HOs S1-092@ WHOS Ws 33S |X| GHVONWIS] | :4430ayvL
SWAWINIW.
08 ‘WBA HO0d3 O:YVA OVW 0092 09C-081 ‘Dore 08 1-09C WOT At {WOWd VSW'S
0221 UVAVE/AING 05°2 GUO ‘0042 WOTGI 's 000y NNVOU LW ‘NIN ‘>
009 OTHL 00'9 d¥W Ol JW 1SI0 WOTGIJv4 100 Ova‘
“NNVOH LY SLUVIS 3Ud0ud ‘2
Gv) 30 SII NIHLUM La QNnnoaino SYNOD JO ROIS VN 1d ‘t
S1vSLareCeS1y YAMOL IOULNOD ZS8 :1SE0 Sv4
“ONNOBN 682 ‘Ly ‘3 CIOH
ivLVa_1HONS IWNOWIGGY
o0lz le'9/ioroze wo1ai NNVOW
“O10H ONY
ANI GUIV] O1 680-4 GHO VIA 000r O1 NHN LHDIH ONIGWIID y
~ ~ | 19008 Perea eteees Fama os'¢1 auo/iNt NNVOH (avd aviuon 199
WO GI HaLsy SII 009 ‘ayW | BON | _JONVISIG GNV _|suNOD OL woud
HOVOUddy G3SsIW SaLNOW “WNIWHaL
HAL 199) U} 20 Sopa aInNAS Uy O12 Yon SoNNaISHA }daoxa ‘payeo;pUY es~UdLBO aw“ -
eer yenotga SSOpun eoprae uaa on coe vee Wek om Suga Pewopuy aunaz00ud HOVOWddY INSWNULSN GUVONLS an
osuaigO SSOfUN SOPNysrE WnuyLW O18 SOPH “WEE PUC 'HOL “WH “LH Hl90x0 “1S

‘Y29} Uy 098 Sopnigre pue suoEAG ‘oneuBeW OW ¢/mpU) pum “seEiNco ‘sbuIpeoY ‘sbulweG

NOILVELSININGY NOLLVIAV 1vH3034 - NOLLWLHOdSNVUL 40 INAWLuvd30 ‘sn

Figure A7~4

Page 5


12/29/99

minimums are not authorized). Identification of the
LOC MAP will ensure the publication of a
time/distance table on the associated approach chart.
Specify distances to the nearest hundredth of a mile.

(4) FAA Form 8260-3. For the precision
portion of the ILS procedure, the MAP is pre-printed
on the form as: “ILS: at the DH.” Designate the
LOC and/or circling MAP as a specific distance in
hundredths of a mile after a specified fix or facility
or at a specified fix or facility. When LOC-only
minimums are NOT authorized, the descent must be
made on GS to circling MDA (see para-
graph 813m(6)(e)); change the preprinted term
“LOC” to Circling.” If DME is available. establish a
DME fix in hundredths of a mile for the
nonprecision MAP.

(2) FAA Forms 8260-4/5/7. In the box,
titled “MAP.” identify the missed approach point as
“g distance after (or at) a specified fix or facility” as
appropriate. Establish a DME fix in hundredths of a
mile if DME is available.

d. RNAV. Do NOT list coordinates for
LORAN, nor radial/DME for VOR/DME RNAV.
Enter the name of the MAP WP or the ATD from
the Runway WP as follows:

BONLI WP; or 1 ATD from RUNEY WP.

e. Missed Approach Instructions. Where
possible, develop missed approach procedures
(except radar) using the same type of navigation
guidance utilized for the final approach segment.

NOTE: When using the word “direct” in the
missed approach instructions, ensure that all
categories of aircraft are evaluated, i.e., CAT A
is not encompassed in CAT D missed approach
area and vice versa.

Normally, a missed approach course/heading should
be specified. If no course/heading is specified, the
aircraft is expected to maintain the last established
course/heading. Do NOT use the terminology
“Climb runway heading” or “Climb straight ahead,”
e.g., use “Climb to 2,800 ...”

(1) Where the missed approach course
differs from the final course: “Climb to 2.800 via
ABC R-180 to ABC VORTAC and hold.”

Chap 8
Par 815¢

8260.19C CHG 1

(2) When the missed approach point is
also the missed approach holding fix and straight-
ahead climb is not practical: “Climbing right turn to
2500 in ABC VOR holding pattern.” In some cases,
a straight-ahead climb or climb via a specified
course/heading to an altitude, prior to returning to
the holding fix, may be necessary for aircraft with
larger turning radii. When this occurs, use the
terminology in paragraph 815c(3).

(3) When obstacles in a turning missed
approach area require an initial straight-ahead
climb: “Climb to 3,100 then climbing left turn to
4,000 direct ABC VOR and hold.”

(4) When obstacles preclude a
straight-ahead climb and require an immediate
tum: “Climbing right turn to 4.000 direct ABC
VOR” or “Climbing right turn to 4,000 via head-
ing 070 then direct ABC VOR and hold.”

(5) ILS/MLS and LOC/AZ missed
approach procedures requiring a turn of more than
15° shall specify an altitude that is at least 400’
above the TDZE prior to commencing a turn. Round
the resulting altitude to the next higher 100’
increment: “Climb to 1,200 then climbing left tum
to 3.100 via heading 070 and ABC R-167 to ABC
VOR and hold.” See also paragraph 815b for
rounding guidance.

(6) If the procedure serves VOR as well
as TACAN equipped aircraft, address TACAN
requirements also: “Climb to 5,500 via ABC R-111
then climbing right tum to 6,000 direct ABC
VORTAC and hold (TACAN aircraft continue via
ABC R-280 to CAROL 10 DME and hold W, LT,
100 inbound).”

(7) LOC courses are specified in compass
points, and NDB courses as bearings to or from:
“Climb to 3,000 via I-ABC NE course and 350
bearing to DEF NDB and hold.”

(8) When the missed approach requires
no specific direction of turn: “Climb 7.000 via ABC
R-197 then direct ABC VOR and hold.”

(9) RNAV missed approach routing
may be via courses or direct.

Page 8-23


9/16/93

Appendix 5

8260.19C

sa9vd 40. 39vd (payeroua6 sondwos) ¢ - 9978 WHOS WW4
eee __‘aatval IZ LaWy “ee AMY S71 DAW TUN AuIVH Woona
oz LOWY]
‘H3IZILN3QI BINVN LHOdHIV
‘angi 3BLVO 3AWL03443 /'ON LOWV/ ON 34NG390ud ALniova | 9s9 '3Z01 290 ‘NOLLVAS13 BLW1LS ONY ALI

UZE AMY HLM O3ZIHOHINY HOVOUddy SNOANVLINAIS
‘DLV Ad GAZIHOHLNY N3HM Oo0r,
Q3uINDaY HVaVH HO aWO

_ ; SV ‘SALON
~ i tb —
iss z ozet co ETE ap t cer t oon SNTOUIO
vor | coor | opt | vor | coo» 5 vor | cove vr cove | ovo we 07's
‘o0z 0002 958 coz | coer vse | oz | oo ~ oz oo 950 we sues
WHILWH] SIA__| VOW HO| WHitwH| sia | VON | wwHitWH] SIA | VaW MO! WHILVH| siA_| vawma|wivivn| sin | vaw ma
Fl a F) @ v <=#=3= AUODALVO
QuvaNVIs 901 ouvonvis si] | VN ‘SLWNUSLIV 1HOduIV SIHL HOS St-osza WO wa 33s |<] uvaNvis| | 'as0ayvE
SWNWINIW
$8 {HV3AHOOdS 0 VA SW 0082 ‘096-08! ‘oove ‘oat-08e HOTA WOUd VSN ©
@S HOL  OO& :3IDNV SO Z
Wt wea WN 1Sz WO 00% SLIM ‘0005 AdIINT:LV.LIV SD 0003 :LdONI SO NIN '9
vot NV SD [LVH 004 “LVH ost W770 WN 19'S 'WO Wows GIHL OL ASI0 5
002 AHOLVONVIN ANDOF ‘000C 13D ‘o0Or S1.1IM ‘OOS AGWNT :LIV v
to's SON 19S “dV OL dv4SIO AMDOF dvd BORE ‘OVC
__ “AMI LY SLUVLS 3UsOUd Z
avid JOSIIW _NIHLIM LS QNno@iNo BSYNOD 4O3AIS_WN 1d ‘1
AWOduIY AVMGIW LEVHO
SCISLWECYSIY DATA ¥62 11SG0 Svs
“GNNOGNt 80 “LH ‘MA CIOH
‘vLWO LHOMNS WNOILIGAY}
AWOLVONVA #
009% (Aw) ts"t/eo'ore ‘BW 85°9 QUO/LNVWOT AMDOF 13D
“G1OH ONY 3N/OA vad O1 se0-H o00c (OAu-) Lezeooze HVQVH/ANO 60°8 GUO/ 11D sunt
Wad WA 000% OL NUNL 14371 ONIGWITD N3HL ‘002! OL BHITD c00y (ont) oo'cieoroze | = YaWEaWa 00"! GO/ SLIM Adwnr
“Xt BWA 001 GUO tv NO Axd0r ooos | ¥ lose 48 159) tees HVOVE/ANG 00'bt GHO/AdHNT (avi ovLHOA 199
UaLdv SII 19's 2901 ‘Ho aHLav ‘su [Sanu | 3ONvIsIa GNY aSuNOS OL woud
HOVOUddY _C3SSIW S31NOu WNIWUaL _
on ws tht way we seyus sens on eur Saunas oxo “enamel 62:16 Iva avs
WMUOYIO SEOIUN £2} yu uy
pareopea eqwetgo seen repre ting sopraty ms Pu "OL "yw "IvH vdeo BYNGIDONd HOVOUddVLNSWNHLSNI uogepodsuwi, jo wouamdag “s 7)
“TSW 190) Uf om Soprygie pur suoyENe(g “oRauBeW ere sywIpe! puR ‘SesiNoD ‘s6uIpecy ‘sBuLo9g| QUVANVLS * STI

Figure AS-1

Page 2


9/16/93

s30vd z 40 1 _39vd (paye1oueb seindwos) ¢ - 9978 WHOS VWW4
sonve _‘catva) zz A0Ny ‘cz AMY ST fast ALId Logs NL‘SDNDI
= Seid {HALIUNSOI '3WWN LuOduIV

tans] :BLva 3AU934I3 / ON LOWV/ ‘ON 3uNd300Hd ALniovs | sist "BZQL o1st :NOILWAaTa ALVLS NV ALIO

"2. 3DVd NO G3NNILNOD

035019 H3MOL N3HM WN $ “CZ GN 6 SAMH dO N VN ONITOUID

£006 G LV ‘wit 2-006 9 1V9 ‘w/t 1-006 atv Lvo _ uSV _‘S3LON

toe wz ozez 108 wie ozez we we ooze te n onze ‘ONTTOHIO|

Es wet ooze 79 Ea ooze za ‘dove core | zap ove ooze 207s}

SIWNWINIW LNI H3AV2

tea ¢ cove 18a wee corz | ea wit 0002 198 wie ove ‘ONNIOUD |

zee me ‘cove zee we core | cua | coop Ce ‘0008 o0ne e_907°S

008 ‘oer aah Ca coat [ize oor ‘coat orn 002 oat arab we sires

wiwH]} sia_[vowmalwxHive! sta [vow mal weivn| sia [vowmal wove! sia [vawmalwriv| sia [vawmo
2 a EY a v <ssane AWODRLVS

$# 907 se'sul | vN Sivnwaiw LuOdutV SIHL HOd St-0920 WHOS Ws 33s | ><[ auvONWis| | :ad0aNvL

SWNNUNIVE —

‘s8 UVAA HO0a3 MP EVA OW (0069 042-081 ‘002 081-060 ‘Oovs 060-012 WOT UL 'WOUS VSN ©

$8 CHOL oe SBIONV SO %

olet ‘WI ‘Svdt WA osc ‘WO UVLWS9S O09 “1dONISD NIN ‘9

tsot CUANVSS 958 ‘LVHOO! Ziel ‘iVH OSI oe WE ovo call 00'9 [WO WOH GIHL OL 1SI0 'S

ATNO D076 + 0077 LNI HAA ‘0O9E YIDOW ‘LIV ‘NIN 'F

ooo -OUHL 009 ‘dVW OL JV41SI0 WIDOW AVA tV42Z “OWA EC

zt

aw) VaD0W JO STI OF NIHLIMLd _001¥ ONNO@INO zZrZ90 ASUNOD 4O FAIS uid *t

“a0IS It LV9 NO LNI UIAVA LUVHO LON Oa
Solzzarozcec $33UL OS6t 21580 Sv4
“ONNOANI £90 "LY 'MS COH

‘ViVO LHONS TwNOWIGaY|

ere/orcze

“ONNOANI £0 ‘14 “3N CIOH ONY LNIN3LdV vooow 43was
Ol CEZ-H DVLYOA AIH ONV 081 DNIGV3H VIA 0009 O1 NHNL - ”
41437 DNIGWIT9 N3HL 0002 OL GHD ‘Div A@ GaL93uI0 e008 (ceo Oya UL) ceeMUreLE Aniiawas ANI svnwa
N3HM YO 10H ONY LNVWOT 31008 1934I0 0o8E OL ANID coor (rae zeeerze ANUWOT v0" AdIat
“xg awa tv BO vooon! 0008 (nae rerereu zzz Udon) in diay (avd int wana
Y313¥ S3W 009 907 HG SHL iv si | 3QNLWLIW BONVLSIO GNV 3SYNOD OL WOus
HOVOuddv G3Ssin ‘S31N0U “TWNIWH3L

AY 199) Ur 20 Says OILS Uy OFy YOR SONNRISA IdoKe “pAWHDpU]

25 pUOLIO SCOzUN SOLU FORNEY UI B43 SBOURISI) “UONEAale PodyE anoge 199) UI ond SBUNIoD)
“POWWOIPUY esWELgO SEajUN SeprRIE LuNUNUNRL ome SOPMYNTY "VE PUY ‘HOI “VVH “11H Kieoxal
TISW 109) Ut ow Sopmiare pus suOEAo!] “sneUBeW OW SyuIpE pUR ‘sesinoo “sBuIpwoY ‘sBuLIEG

62:16 Leva v4

BYNG39IOU"d HOVOUddVLNAWNYLSNI
QUVGNVLS - ST

uonensiwpy uonery [tepag
woepodsuey jo juaugmdeg “sn

8260.19C
Appendix 5

Figure A5-7

Page 8


9/16/93

(7) Simultaneous Approaches. ILS
approach procedures which meet the
requirements for simultaneous approaches shall
be annotated as to which runways are authorized
for simultaneous operations. For example, if
simultaneous approaches are authorized to
runways 27L and 27R, each ILS SIAP shall refer
to the other ILS SIAP. Use standard Note:
"Simultaneous approach authorized with
RWY 27R" (to be noted on ILS RWY 27L SIAP).

(8) Radio controlled Lights. At many
locations, lighting aids are radio controlled by the
pilot. This is part of a national energy savings
program initiated by the FAA. A standard keying
system to activate the lights is described in
AC150/5340-27, and is also published in the
Airman’s Information Manual and the National
Ocean Survey Approach Chart Legend. AC90-42
establishes Common Traffic Advisory Frequencies
(CTAF) to be used at uncontrolled airports
including those with part-time towers. Radio
control of airport lighting systems from aircraft
should be used only at airports where ATC
facilities are not in operation. Existing systems
that utilize frequencies other than the CTAF may
continue to be used. However, airport operators
should be encouraged to change to an established
CTAF as soon as possible. All new radio
control systems shall comply with the following
if visibility credit for approach lights is to be
given:

(a) The radio frequency used to
activate the approach lights is an established
CTAF in accordance with AC90-42.

(b) The procedure used to activate the
approach lights is in accordance with
AC150/5340-27.

(9) Night landing minimums shall NOT
be authorized unless the requirements of
AC150/5340-27 are met. See also paragraphs
813m(1) and (2). Use standard Note:
“Procedure NA at night."

(10) PCL Note Charting. Pilot Control
Lighting (PCL) is depicted on National Ocean
Service (NOS) SIAP charts by the use of negative
symbology. NOS obtains information for adding
the symbology to SIAPs from NFDC’s National
Flight Data Digest (NFDD). FIAOs shall review

Chap 8
Par 813m(7)

8260.19C

each published procedure to insure that PCL
charting is correct.

(11) Lights by prior
arrangement. When the operation of lights
must be arranged for before flight, use standard
Note: “Procedure NA at night except by
prior arrangement for runway lights.”

(12) Lights on Request. At some
locations, lights are only available by radio
contact with an FBO, airport manager, etc. Use
standard Note: "Request MIRL Rwy 7/22, and
VASI Rwy 22 - CTAF" (or appropriate frequency
if other than CTAF).

(13) All Special SIAPs issued on Form
8260-7 shall, until further advised, continue to
have light activation Notes. Use standard Note:
"Activate MALSR Rwy 25, MIRL Rwy 7-25 (as
appropriate) - CTAF" (or designated frequency.)

814, NOTES.

Note: See also paragraphs 252, 404,
805b, 807f, 812b, 813k, 8131, 813m (1)
through (13), 832b and d, and 833g.

a. General. Notes pertaining to conditional
use of a procedure and/or notes restricting the use
of a procedure shall be entered in the NOTES
section of Forms 8250-3, -4, -5, and -7. Notes and
data entered in this section are items which
should appear on the published chart as a Note.
If sufficient space is not available on the form for
all necessary notes, they may be continued on the
Form 8260-10. When it is necessary to use Form
8260-10, state: "Continued on page 2."

b. Note Restriction. SIAPs shall NOT contain
notes which may be construed as regulating
traffic. Notes such as "VFR practice approaches
NA," if required, should be in the Airport
Remarks section of the Airport/Facility Directory
(A/FD). Notes regarding delays due to traffic also
belong in the A/FD.

ce. Avoid caution notes about obstacles. Notes
such as: "High Terrain all quadrants"; "Steeply
rising terrain to 5300 4 miles SW of approach
course"; or, "50’ unlighted trees south of RWY 9
THR" are NOT appropriate.

Page 8-19


9

8260.19C

Appens

9/16/93

Oatd XX
#301330

101d NOLO3dSNI W3LSAS 3OvdSuIV
Ey

‘earez/to

NOWG NVH
tA@ Q3YVd3d -  LHVd

“Hdd A@ 1d39X3 (10H +) NOW 0091 - LVS 0091 VN dvIS

“SWOITD £- 440 TH 'SHOITD BUOW € ‘3SNVd *SHDI1D S$“ ISWA ‘SHOI1D $ > WIY 19d

“NOW 0081 -

LVS 0091 3WVS HO4 Hdd !t-4STV ‘THIH XM HOS AVLO TVD

“£eLyee/osezec S33HL SCZI O1 OINddV 68% HdVUDVHVd SdUaL

*SNOIL)

“VOW 39NQ3H Ol UHL O1 Old dvi
WHL3N3d FIDV1SEO OL 3NG dOAON ‘SHVWAY - 9 LHVd

WAOUddv 40 SALVO

a4 NO SU3AIVM JO HAGWON

3NON

SQUVONVLS JO SHBAIVM ‘Ih

‘BNITHBLN3D WOU “LS

BNMYSLN3D NOT X SNINIV ASHNDD

QIOHS3YHL WOUS ‘14 o00c

QIOHSAYHL AVMNNY HOVOWddv WNIJ ‘Ot

ULHOIBH SNISSOHD GIOHSSYHL

{WNNBINY SO _AST3 iAMH OWS BONVLSIO adO1S
'QIOHSAYHL AMY ARTA __aIONV SO. 3ano ‘6
ino Tow ¥ S1dN_INSWNUESNE
%_HOVOUdaV 2 Ould UIHLVaM TV
BONVY TWNSIA_AVMNOY © SONDIUVW AVMNAY Z|
Tune
zvisva (Weds) uaHio | % qa |_| oun
ze _antvo| Xx zy SWAT X [in
za! X swsi{s)| | 9
wz waul sw
Vauv NOWISNVEL| XX | NidO SUNOH vz "aNOZ TOUINO] XS. Vacuiy 5
vauv Tounoo| xX Ova WIONN 30vdSUIV GATIOUINOD 4O HOOTS
le “Lvo] Nido le “tvol:ndo
+ Lvo| S&H LVS 0081 - NOW 0091 abe snuvis
FLNIOd HOLINOW, UBLN39 HOLVASIO -LNIOd HOLINOW | YOLINON
“IVAWN BWQYOA OXWGIWAVN| =
‘AUVGNODaS Auwwittid
teeor -INAWLSNray vO SUT ann snap
NOW 0081 - 1S 00DL ‘LuOduiv NO SD AUOLOVASLYS
:NOLLVu3dO LOWY SUNOH :NOWW9O1
86020 SONVISIO oIv
(O4a/SUMVS vs
‘aounos SUMS ‘U3HLO| VSS3 Ao1v Avo
SNULaS URN € BOINWAS HBHLVAM 2 THLIM SNONLVOINMNWOS —t _|

Viva WAiNnaWaIddNs- a Luvd

TSW SCIt :VauV 1d NINIVHYAL 1
€0't2z :3SUNOD ANA ANAWOAS 31 viGaWHL!
TSW 666 :LNAWDAS FLVIOIWUALNI NIVHHAL TH
WN 00°) 1d 00S! ty 1N3WD3S JLVIGRWUALNI HLOIM £
WN £0’ :1d 0051 O41 4v4 15109
€0'12Z :3SUNOD BNL LNIWDAS WHI 'S
SW S801 :1N3WDAS TWHId NIVUUAL IH
WN 922 ‘1d 0001 Lv LNAWD3S TWNId HLOIM “>
WN ZC°Z ‘1d 0001 O1 HHL 1SI0C
es eszvca/zs'etocec :SaHOOD AV ‘t
Zo'LiZpe@/es CCOzEC “HHL ZZ AMY “L
tviva aovdsulV

WHOd 4O 3QIS ALISOddO WOH4 SNOLLWNV1dX3/ SALON

Figure A9-1a

Page 3


9/16/93

Appendix 5

8260.19C

s309vd 40 30va (payesauab soyndwos) ¢ - 9978 WHOS VW4
sans ‘dalvo tc 20Wy ‘Uzz AMY SI wot “UNI 310d0uL 3H vo ‘a3uL4vO
oc sary]
TUBISUNSI |S Uz *BINWN LuOduIV
‘dN'S| SV 3AUL93439 JON LOW/"ON 3uNG3D0ud Aunmova{y wae 1aZ0L o SNowWwAaTa BLvis ONV ALID
“OLV AG Q3ZIYOHLAY N3HM 000C »
Wi 2-008 0 1V9 $ “St MOTAG VN HOVOUddY O371dN0D LOTIdOLNY
wt 2-004 O 19 't-004 3 AVI @ “Alddv LON S300 374V1 3AULVHAdONI ‘SALON
sip z Oty Sty . itt sib t L ory sie t Oty zt dais3ais
99 wie 089 v0 z ws ' ova ver t 005 ONNOUID
hood ohh oor ‘965 t eet ‘ oy oec t oon wiz 201:s
Lid ' vst osz b ‘05z t vst ose t west Ltc4 sires
wriwH |] sia | van al! wiv] sia] vow mal weHivn] sia | vaw ma} wHivH| sia_| vow ma |wHiwH| _sin__| vow ma
a a 2 a v aeae ‘AIOOSLVO
S OUVONVIS ‘907 @oauvonvis ‘sul | VN ‘SLWNUSLIV AWOdtily SIHL HO St-0928 WHOS W4 38S |X] GuvaNvis] | “ad0ayvL

SWAIN
$8 “YV3A HD0d2 Lt CYVA SVAN O0LE OSE-0L1 ‘006” OL1-05C DVIHOA MVO ‘WOU VSN 8
$8 GHOL x4 SHIONY SO 2
WI @z WW eSct WO 9% BZAVH ‘LV11V SD .005C :LdONI SONIN “9
oa6 MLINV SO. “LV 001 WH OSi “Nt ovo AW ite “WO WOUS QIHL O41 1SI0 “Ss
AINO 201" #0051 SASVD ‘#0047 AZAVH ‘, 0OSC BAOND ‘Liv ‘NIN FY
Wy “OL _1Z¥_‘dvW OL v4 LsIa SaSvo ‘ava tvséz ‘ovs t
__ "BAOUD LV SLUVIS 3US0Hd 7
awl JOSTIW NIL LS ‘aNNoBLNO SYNOD 40 30IS_VN Id “t
eco1zzyocey2e HAMOL CHL - ZZ AMY
OLLIZe1/oocyZe UBMOL Ph - ZZ AM
7880 Sva
“ONNOGM Oo'tte ‘LU "3S CIOH
HLVO LHOM TwNOLIGAY|

“NOH ONY LMI 3ugad O1 c1e-u ost (ivo-0 zorwtrszz ‘INC 00'S NVO/WO S3SVo aZAVH
DIVO WIA 0006 O1 NUNL LHDIY ONIGNITD N3HL 005 OL AWD ore bivo-D Lezuesee ‘3 00's NVO/LNI AZAVH anous
*xid ana tv uo S3SV9| cose bred ze-witvate ANG ILL) RVO/LNI AAOHD | Lav) aNG 0071 yVO/LNI TONNS.

WaLaV STW ize 201 ‘Ho ahi tv :su| aon | _3ONviSIO ONY 3sunOD OL wows

HOVOUddyY G3assin S3LNOY “TWNIWHAL
ccjasnpo teagan sop ponrwu em secumegy uapanaye eine moe a ‘ow cane 6226 tkiva vd uonenstumupy uoneAy 1e9pe4
“peveopu ospuoigo SS9jun Sophie LunURAL Om SOpCHY “Ye PUY HOL ‘WH ‘L¥H eo]: SHNGBOOUd HOVOUddVLNSWNULSNI uonepodsuei, jo waugmdag ‘sn
“TSW ‘1004 uj 648 sopnyare puR SUCHEN “OsUBOW Ow Sieipe! puR “cosinoD ‘sbuIpuel ‘sBulwOR GHVONVLS > S71

Figure A5-5

Page 6


9/16/93

8260.19C

Appendix 8

s30vd 40 BOvd (payerouab seindwos) 4 - 9978 WHOS WW4
sane ‘avd 2 LaWy ‘ocz awa/YOA W3aLdo9 wm ‘Suodiien snoyen Wi'HoLwd 10
9 ‘LOW :
. *Y3ISLLNZOI CBWVN LHOduIV:
‘@NS| ‘Alva _3AL03443 /ON LaWY/ ‘ON 3uNda0ud Autos ‘aza :NOLLWARI BLVIS ONV ALI
“2M 6 WWININ ALIIGISIA LHDIN:
*“BHNOIIOUd HIVOUddY GISSIM O314193dS IHL LONGNOD HO ‘V3UV ONIGNV) O1 dv WOWS H4A 03390Ud
TONILLAS UALAWIL I 3LL3AV4V1 3SN ‘O3AI393Y LON ONLLLAS UALAWILTV 1v907 N3HM ‘SALON
stv we oe - Cz-H
SWAWINIW DNILL3S ‘Y31BWILTW 3LLaAVAVT
oz we oor eH
WHitvH] SiA_| VOWMG| WH AH] sia | vow mal wuva| sia [van mal wHavH| si |vawma|wHival sin [vow ma
a a 2 a waldoo <==5== KHODALWO
LX vn aivnesiiv AWOdulV SIHL HOs St-o9ze WHOS W4 33s | | auvanvis] x | '4303nVL
SWOWINIW:
$8 “WVSA HO0d3 34 ‘YVA OVW 002 t 082-010 ‘ooBz 010-087 OVLYOA VTI (WOUd VS 8 7
SHOL ‘ATONV SO Z| S
"wn "WO Lv Lv so ALdONI SO NIW '9|
LVH 008 AVE 051 Ei WW 'WO WOU GIHL o1 1sia s| 3
ocsoze/oosvez NIVHUAL 09 :1S90 Sv4l 0021 HAOUD ‘009! oo'Oz/eSO-U :LIV NIN “y | Zt
SONHL ~ JAW OL va 1510 ‘3WQ 00° HOD ‘v4 oo'ece ‘OVS “C
“Q3AUaS SLUOdI13H| 00'02/6S0-H VIN LV SLUVIS BUIJOWd “2
30 ONLSTT HOS MOVE 33S “VIVO LHONS TWNOLIGAY| (yyi) 30 SIT NIHLIMA Lt QNnosiNo SYNOD JO 30IS VN id ‘t
oozt {eso-u v1) oo-zoo'ecz ‘SING 00°81 HdOHD 00°07/650-H DVLHOA WTI
0091 ‘Ou 3G Oz OVLYOA V1 650-4 (avd M99 DVLHOA VT OSt-u
— “OWLHOA WT) 192uI 0091 OL om 091 ‘Du AWG oz OVLHOA V1 6S0-4 (av) M9 SVLHOA WTI 0z0-4
0091 @0"Lz/L0°08L 00°02/6S0°H DVLHOA VT (av) oviuon 137
oo'st/eso-u 17 ‘dvw | BONLILW BONVISIG ONY _3SUNOD OL Wous _
HOVOUddy G3SsIN S31N0u WNIWHaL
“MO}9q YO} 108 SB 20 BORE BINOAIE OLg U) UOYRIEdo BOI UD 10} paysyqE)so osoy
ys puodsexco yeys Sapnygf uinuZUIY “40) “HAL 199} Uf 20 Soeur o1n}EIS UI 99 YOK SonWIQISIA \deoxe ‘pajeo—pUr
Tua1ey2p ¥ ayn eouEpIcoN Lu po}onpLCD 61 YoBo:dde UB ss9jUN “UIs;eY poLIETUCO suo; smsaipO SSOFUN SoM EOHNWU UH OF SBOUDISKC) —UONUAdP Lode anoge 199} ul om S6UNIOD
‘Sg UO palEaipe.d einpecoid Yowordde yueWNASU payey> B YI @2UEPI0I0N UF papnpuas 4 “Pewolpuy esuelgo ssojuN SopNyRTY LuNURYUY OW SOPRINTY "YH PUY 'HOL “WWH ‘LWH 1daoxo.
BUS ¥ "Yodae poweu moyaq aig Je pejanpuco si edAy aroge otg Jo oinpaco.d yovordde juLUNN)SU Lm | “TSW 199) 41 078 Sapnigie puw suoyunc{3 “onoUBoW or seipes puL “sasinco ‘sbuIpway ‘sbuNI89g
HOIAUES SGHVONVLS LHI -- SHNGIDOUd HOVOUddY LNAWNHYLSNI “TWwidads wauon waaod
ROIAUS SGHVONVIS 1HDI14 ~ NOLLVHLSININGY NOLLWIAV Iwua0a4 a
NOLLV1HOdSNVHL JO 1NANLUVa3Q's'n %
Aa


7

8260.19C

Appen

9/16/93

s30vd __40 30vd (pore1oueb seindwo) gs - 9978 WHOS Vv
monver  3ivd 2 Lowy ‘uz AMY 98 907 xn Q7ald NINN NEYNNS HO ‘ALID NIS
J LOW}
{USIJLLNO! |BWYN LUOduIY|

Ns} __:31v0_3AWO|sI3 /“ON LOWY/‘ON 3uNd300Nd Auniova | tor ‘azo, ey !NOLLWAR13] BLVLS ONY ALIO
“WN SHOWIN *QauIND3U 4av ONY EVavY
ALVNUAL Tv ‘03S019 Y3MOL TOLLNOD N3HM # “SNOLLVOIONI SD GUVDIHSIO ‘S3LON
tae [ wee [ome | ei [a aoe ie cP eee |e fees
om wz | over | ese [wz | over | ose | oni | over | ese | ovat “ues

witve] sia_| vow |wHiv[ sia_[ vow |wHival sia_| vow |wusve] sia | vow |wuivil sia | vow
3 a Fy a v <===5* AUODALVO
we t-006 G'D iva zoos Vivo #] | WN SLVNUSLW 1uOdulV SIL UOS St-09z0 WHOS Wa 338 |<] GuvONvIS] | 4i03¥vL

SWAWINIW
06 VBA HOOdS MY LWA OVW

0062 SVLHOA DAD WOU VSN '@

Q00z $1430 ‘oost AWWW LIV ‘NIN >

62) OTHL

Li's dVW OL Jv 1S!

S143 JV4__t1'S%0 OW4'E

[AWWW LY SLUVLS 3U40Ud “2

aw)

20 SIU NIHLIM Lt annoaino 3BSUNOD 40 RGIS WN 1d‘

AC9zva/ICOOSE SUBMOL SBLL :LYVHO
OcezZra/erCose VNNGLNY 066 :1SG0 SV
“ONNOBNt OCz ‘LY ‘AN COW

twiva 1HONS WwNoUWIav

“NOH ONV GON ¥N7 193uIG 0092 OL NUNL LHDIY ONIGWITD.

o00z

OinyD toes 'szo uvav

‘BWC 09'r HNT-VLNIS1430 WO 19°2 WA-VLNI ANY

BWA 6v'0 NNT LV HO S1430 W3LsV SII LI'y avn | SONLILW

BONVLSIO GNV_3SuN0o OL

WOus

HOVONddy G3SsIW

S31NOH WNINN3L

“HAY 1994 Uy 20 Son OLN}ES UY OM YOK SoNNI’SIA Wdaoxe ‘palwoipuL esAIaYO

Ssozun Som FeoReU UY O18 SOUS ‘UOHRAT|O HOdAB anoqe 199) 4 o”w SBuYIOD “PayEo;pUL
ospusipO SSojUN SEPrIRTE WuNuNUIW O28 SOPTUNIY "Ve PUP HOLL "WH “LWH Ideoxo “TSW
‘064 uy 070 sopmiae pus suoEne(] “HoUBSW ee swipe! pun ‘sesinco ‘sfuIpeoy ‘sBuLE0g

8% “26 Lud Uva - 3OIAHAS SGUVONVIS LHOMs
BYNQIDOWd HOVOUddV LNSWNULSNI GHVONVLS 907
NOLLWHLSININGY NOLLVIAV IWH3Q34 - NOLLVLUOdSNVUL 40 LNSWLuvdaa ‘sn

Figure A7~2

Page 3


12/29/99

(b) DEM 7.5 Minute (Level 2),
+13 m (43') horizontally and +17 m (56')
vertically.

(c) DTED 1 Degree (Level 1),
+50 m (164') horizontally and +30 m (98')
vertically.

8260.19C CHG 2
Appendix 2

(@) DEM 1 Degree (1:250,000

scale), +130 m (427’) horizontally and +30 m
(98°) vertically.

Page 5 (and 6)


12/29/99

APPENDIX 2.

OBSTACLE ACCURACY STANDARDS, CODES,
AND SOURCES

8260.19C CHG 2
Appendix 2

Page 1


8260.19C

FPB shall maintain a list of authorized users.
This will preclude amendments to the 8260-7
form when users are added.

(3) Regional development and/or
documentation of foreign terminal instrument
procedures (FTIP) is not recommended unless the
procedures can be subsequently maintained by
the initiating region in accordance with Order
8260.31. In such cases, the FTIP may be
documented on Forms 8260-7 and processed in
accordance with Order 8260.31.

834, FAA FORM 8260-10. CONTINUATION
SHEET.

a. Use. FAA Form 8260-10 is used as a
continuation sheet for Forms 8260-3, 4, 5, or 7.
In all cases, clearly identify by name or format
what section or information is being presented on
the continuation sheet. The Form 8260-10 shall
be completed as follows:

(1) Enter the type procedure and FAR
Part numbers as required.

(2) Enter the necessary procedural
data in the space provided.

(8) Enter the city, state, airport, etc.,
identical to the information presented on Page 1
of the SIAP.

(4) Enter the page number and
number of pages required for the procedure in
the lower right-hand corner; e.g., Page 2 of 2
pages. The basic Form 8260-3/4/5/7 shall be page
number one, with additional Forms 8260-10
numbered sequentially.

b. Certification. The last page shall be the
only page certified except for special instrument
procedures, which shall be certified on the reverse
side of the basic Form 8260-7.

835. FAA FORM 8260-15, DEPARTURE
PROCEDURES/TAKEOFF MINIMUMS.

a. The FAA Form 8260-15 documents and
facilitates transmittal of non-standard takeoff
minimums and/or IFR departure procedures. It
shall be used to transmit IFR departure
procedures to operators with special instrument
approach procedures (Form 8260-7) if public use

Page 8-32

9/16/93

SIAPs (FAR 97) are also authorized at the same
location, At airports served only by special
instrument procedures, document takeoff
minimums and departure procedures on Form
8260-7.

b. Use Form 8260-15 when:

(1) Any runway requires higher than
standard takeoff minimums.

(2) IFR departure procedures are
required at an airport.

(8) A SID is published, and pilots must
comply with the SID for obstacle avoidance.

(4) Denying lower than standard
takeoff minimums. When touchdown and
rollout RVR is available on runways with
centerline lights and either RVR is installed on a
baseline GREATER than 250 feet, deny takeoff
minimums lower than RVR 1200/1000 by adding
the following standard Note on Form 8260-15:

"RWY 27R, Air Carrier reduction below
RVR 1200/1000 NA."

. @. Forms 8260-3, -4, -5, and -7.

(1) If the takeoff minimums are
standard for all runways, and IFR departure
procedures are not required, check the "STD" box.
Standard takeoff minimums shall apply and the
Form 8260-15 is not used. If takeoff minimums
are standard for all runways, but IFR departure
procedures ARE required, the Form 8260-15 is
used. See paragraph 835e.

(2) If the Form 8260-15 is used, check
the box entitled, "See FAA Form 8260-15 for
this airport."

d. FIAO preparation of Form 8260-15.

(1) Coordinated With. Enter "X" in the
appropriate spaces. Type in other required
coordination. Coordination shall be identical with
the approach procedure coordination as outlined
in paragraph 837d.

(2) Body of Form. Enter, as required,
the following four headings in the order listed:

Chap 8
Par 833g(2)


8260.19C
“Number of Waivers on File" box.

ce. PART C: REMARKS. Use this space to
amplify previous entries (state associated block
number for reference), or to record essential data
not considered elsewhere on the form. See also
paragraphs 811c(1)(c) and 816f.

(1) For visibility computations, make
an entry only if a Paragraph 332 surface is
penetrated: "Para 332, 34:1 penetration".

(2) State the effect, if any, of waivers to
published minimums.

(8) For VOR/DME RNAV SIAPs, enter
the MAWP XTRK error.

(4) For RNAV SIAPs, state the type and
coordinates of the obstacle penetrating the RNAV
Descent Angle Obstacle Slope.

(5) Enter the amount of threshold
displacement, if any.

(6) Enter airspace data required by
paragraph 507k. Carry this information forward
until amended.

(7) When flight inspection determines
TCH in accordance with FAA Order 8260.47,
enter: "Flight Check RDH __ft., (Order
8260.47)."

(8) When flight inspection establishes
a final approach course (FAC) other than the
plotted magnetic course, enter:

"Plotted FAC is 087.48° M."
“Electronic flight inspected FAC is
089° M."

(9) Enter EDA high/low terrain data, if
appropriate, including coordinates and elevation,
for each RASS evaluated and used. (Data may be
entered on front side if room allows.) If
appropriate, identify the RASS by ICAO airport
ID:

EDA (KEWR) 404353/741525 280’MSL
404000/740760 O’MSL

Page 9-24

9/16/93

d, PARTD: PREPARED BY. Enter the name
and title of the FIAO representative responsible
for preparing the data record; the date prepared;
and, the originating office.

e. PARTE; Instrument Approach Procedure.
Disregard the pre-printed "Part E: Instrument
Approach Procedure” section on manual forms.
Continue REMARKS as necessary here and in the
corresponding block on computer generated forms.
A graphic sketch of the plan and profile views of
the approach procedure and the operational
minimums as envisioned by the Procedures
Specialist shall be depicted on a separate 8 1/2" x
11" sheet. This graphic presentation becomes
part of the FIAO file, and is required to test the
validity of the narrative procedure and to uncover
any potential charting problems prior to formal
publication. A copy of the published approach
and landing chart shall be attached to the Form
8260-9 as part of the permanent record.

f. Distribution. Completed copies of the FAA
Form 8260-9 shall be retained with the associated
SIAP and distributed as follows:

FIAO Original
FPB 1 copy
AVN-220 1 copy

U.S. Army As required

Chap 9
Par 909b(11)


8260.19C CHG 2

12/29/99
Appendix |

APPENDIX 1.

FLIGHT PROCEDURES REFERENCES

Page 1


8260.19C
Appendix 5

9/16/93

s30vd___40 Bove (payerouaB sainduios) ¢ - o9z7B WHOS V4
MB AON GE ‘Gatva) ec LOWY 62 AMY STI dswt INN VHVHANNIW NW VHWHENNIW
* a ‘UAIALLN3OI SBWYN LuOddly
tans] :aiva aAuo3s43 JON LOWV/ ‘ON 3UNGIIOUd Auniovs | ee ‘azo we :NOWAaTA BLVIS ONY ALID

“a'o'a'v 1v9 foot LV ‘oozt HAY WN VH “TSW EZ6 HG -16Z Ses

usv “a'o'a'v Lv: L LWH ‘0091 YAU ‘VN Vu ‘TSW £6 HO “ez S11
“Q3UINOSY NOMVOISLUO LAVHOUTY ONY MALDUIY IIDadS SIH AHODILVD
£0001 3.2V9 $ “Wie | OL ALMUBISIA 3 LV9 90S 3SVRUONI
©0001 3 1v9 "20010 1v9 @ 000 Un OL ALIUSISIA 3 1V9 SWS 2SVINON! ‘4S BMLLYUBEON YO S3LON
ose [coe z oopt 61s we Ce ee oct is t oct SNITOUID)
a 00s | oezt (0005 act | esp coor | ooze | sse “aie oor | ise | cove cae Jez 2075
SWAWINIM Xid NVOVA
G oo8t 619 z oot | 01S wat ooct [ois 1 oct 61s 1 oot
(0009 over | zis | 0009 over | zis | coos | orci | cts | oore | ovcs | cis | cove | ovei
cove | ecor | coz oer | czor | ooz | oo | ceor | coc | oor | czor | ove | oo | ceor
Woilvi| Sia_| vow Mal wHivH| sia | vawmol wivnl sia | vawma| wHivH| sin |vawmalwrivi| sia | vow ma
a a FY a v 5555 UODALVS
$ QUVONVLS 907 @auvanvis sul [WN alvNuat LeOduly SIL HOS St-09ze MUOS Ws 33s [><] GuvaNwis[ | :4303NvL
SWAWININ
SB YVSA HOOda aS uA OVW (008z 0C€-090 ‘dove O80-0FE WOTSW WOU VSN @
7 zs HOL__Oo€ ‘3IONY SO Z
16 WI PlOL WH eP8z WO ALVLIS9 "0022 :LdONI SD NIN '9
OO! ANVSO PIO! “LVHOO! 961 “AVHOSL zo ‘Wi 050 WW ISS WO WOWJ OTH OL SIA 's
HINO 907 #_# Ove! UVOVWANG 12% dSW-1/NVDVA ‘0042 ODHYN ‘000r SAIHD ‘LTV ‘NIN ">
ays OWL evs “dvWOL v4 1SI0 OOUVN dvs oCeer ‘OVE C
___ “Gv 1d 40.31 NI 14 O00 ‘ONNOGN! 9C'968z ‘LH “SATO 3S GIOH ‘2
avi dO SSN _NIHLIM LS ‘aNNoaLNO SYNOD JO QIS_WN 1d
“aVIS It 1V9 NO XId NVDVA LUVHO LON 00.
‘TRCOCHSTISHY SAZUL 6201 =1S8O SvF
“ANNORNI OO'sst ‘Lu 'S CIOH
"vL0 LHOMS WNOWIGAY|
core (aswe) ze‘v/oc'9ez ANG 12'S dS-VWO7 OWN SABUD
coor ASH} za-viec 282 (dW) SABUD (av) ant uaLL3
‘anon OnW D¥1tOA 194 ‘oor AfqSiti} eprsiocroge dow) Saud (av) ANUSS3Hd
ADALIO 000% O1 NUNL 1437 ONIGWITD N3HI ‘00s! O1 WD coor iwewse'seo Udon saauo (aw oviuon 104
Xu awd EEO Sit tv uO OouvN| coop swezerzet BW 05'0I dSW-VLNI SAID. OVLYOA d39
WaLaV S31 ey's 7201 HOBHLLV ‘SW SNL | _SONVASIG ONY 3SuNOD On woud
HOWOuddY G3SSIM Sainow WNIWHSL
eswuoyjo ssojun itt ty Seow "uonwaae Yd . crow craven cbuwes 6246 Luvd Uv SUIIPY Uo} terapay
“perpen smuenge svoun eopngq unuinaa oN S9pcIY "Ye Pue OL WWH "ivi vise] 3HNOBIOUd HOVOLddVLNAWNULSN! woqwpodsuvi, jo wuounmdeg ‘sn

“TSWV 1004 uy am sepnigie pus suoTErE “onoUBEUI ow syeipe) PUB 'sesinoo ‘sBuIpEoY *sBu1s00g] OYVONVLS - STI

Figure A5~4

Page 5


9/16/93

or whether the procedure must be cancelled and
an original established.

(1) Cancellation of an existing procedure
and establishment of an original procedure is
required when:

(a) The city name is changed.

(b) The procedure identification is
changed from a LOC procedure to ILS.

(c) The- procedure identification is
changed from an ILS procedure to LOC,

(d) Procedure ID changed from VOR-A.
to VOR-B, etc. . .

(e) Procedure ID changed to reflect a
change in equipment required to fly the
procedure; e.g., VOR to VOR/DME, ILS/DME to
ILS.

(f) The facility providing final course
guidance is relocated, if this changes the
published final approach course.

(g) The reference facility is changed to
another facility on a VOR/DME RNAV procedure.

(h) Straight-in minimums are added
or deleted which require change to procedure ID;
e.g., NDB Rwy 28 to NDB-A.

(2) Amendment of a procedure is
required when:

(a) The identification of the facility
providing final approach course guidance is
changed.

(b) Equipment is added to or deleted
from the procedure which does NOT change the
procedure ID; e.g., adding "DME Required" Note.

(c) Procedure ID changes from
VOR/DME to VOR/DME or TACAN, or vice-versa;
or, from SDF to LOC, or vice-versa.

(d) The runway designation is
changed due to renumbering of the runways.

(e) Any published fix, course, or

Chap 8
Par 817e

8260.19C
altitude is changed.

(f) Any published distance is changed
which:

1 Requires a change to the
Time/Distance Table.

21s greater than 0.5nm for
distances outside the FAF, or greater than 0.1nm
for distances inside the FAF.

(g) Any minimums change.

(h) Airport elevation is changed where
ceiling and/or visibility is affected.

(i) Frequencies are changed in Notes
on the 8260-3, -4, -5, -7, or military equivalent.

@) Lighting changes occur which
affect published visibility.

(8) Adelayed amendment, not requiring
immediate amendment action, BUT which shall
be processed at the next opportunity, is required
when:

(a) The airport name is changed.

(b) The airport elevation/ TDZE is
changed BUT published ceiling and/or visibility is
NOT affected.

(ec) Lighting changes occur which do
NOT affect published visibility.

(d) Safety of flight is no factor.

(e) Any published distance is changed
which is less than or equal to 0.5nm for distances
outside the FAF, or less than or equal to 0.1nm
for distances inside the FAF.

(4) No amendment is required when
frequencies are changed which were NOT entered
in Notes on the 8260-3, -4, -5, -7, or military
equivalent.

f. Effective Date. The effective date of the
procedure will normally be added by NFDC.
The only time the effective date shall be entered
by the FIAO is when a specific effective date is

Page 8-27


12/29/99 8260.19C CHG 2
Appendix 1

OTHER PUBLICATIONS (CONTINUED)

Sectional and Terminal Area Charts

SIAP’s, DP’s, STAR’s, FTIP’s

Transmittal Letters (Instrument Approach Procedures)
USGS Topographical Charts

Page 5 (and 6)


8260.19C

guidance and stepdown fix are obtained from
different VOR facilities, two sets of minimums
shall be published.

(4) On procedures where the course
guidance and stepdown fix are obtained from
different NDB facilities, two sets of minimums
shall be published.

(6) If the facility providing course
guidance has DME, and the procedure IS NOT
identified: “../DME", use the title: “DME
MINIMUMS" if the fix is not named. However,
if the fix is named, use the fix name to identify
the minimums; "NIXON FIX MINIMUMS." The
latter title also applies where the fix is identified
by a crossing radial/bearing.

(6) If, as in (5) above, and the procedure
IS identified "../DME", publish only one set of
minimums.

(7) On procedures where the course
guidance and the stepdown fix are obtained from
facilities which are of different types, publish
two sets of minimums. Use one of the following
titles to identify the dual minimums:

(a) On procedures where the fix is
predicated on DME only: "DME MINIMUMS".

(b) On procedures where a fan marker
is used for the stepdown fix: "FM MINIMUMS".

(ec) On procedures where the stepdown
fix is identified by radar only: "RADAR
MINIMUMS".

Note: When radar fixes are specified,
ATC must agree to provide the radar
service on a continuous basis and the
fix shall be identified on the video map
or map overlay.

mLimitations on Landing
Minimums. Minimums are affected by a umber
of different circumstances and conditions.
Examples are enumerated below indicating the
appropriate action to be taken.

(1) Day and Night Minimums. The

authorized minimums apply to both day and
night conditions unless otherwise restricted. The

Page 8-16

9/16/93

FIAO shall determine the operation of ALL
lighting aids PRIOR to authorizing night
minimums. Permanently installed runway edge
lights (including threshold/runway end lights),
defining the lateral and longitudinal boundaries
of the runway, shall be operating to support night
minimums (see AC150/5340-24). Airport or
runway boundary lights are NOT adequate for
night landing minimums unless the entire area
between such lighting is suitable for landing. In
special cases, portable runway lights may be used
temporarily as described in AC150/5345-50.

(2) Restriction of Night
Minimums. When night minimums are not
authorized or are higher than day minimums, a
restriction shall be entered in the NOTES section
to deny night minimums or to specify increased
night minimums:

(a) If unable to authorize night
minimums, use standard Note: "Procedure NA
at night."

(b) If increased night visibility is
required by environmental conditions, such as
extraneous lighting, use standard Note: "Night
visibility minimum ____ miles."

(ce) When straight-in minimums are
authorized to an unlighted runway, but another
runway is lighted, use standard Note:
"Straight-in minimums NA at night."

(da) When only circling minimums are
authorized and at least one runway is lighted, a
Note is not required for non- lighted runways.
When no runways are lighted, use standard Note:
"Procedure NA at night."

(3) Inoperative Components and
Visual Aids. The Inoperative Components and
Visual Aids Table advises the pilot how much to
increase published minimums when certain
components or visual aids are known to be
inoperative. When the inoperative table
adjustment is not compatible with the credit that
has been authorized, add Notes to the procedure
specifying the necessary adjustment:

(a) When credit has not been given to
a visual aid to reduce visibility, use standard
Note: “Inoperative Table does not apply to

Chap 8
Par 8131(3)


8260.19C

9/16/93
Appendix 4
NAME:
4. AIR TRAFFIC REQUESTS APPROVAL OF REFERENCED FIX FOR: JOINA
COMPULSORY AIRSPACE STRUCTURE X [LOW ALTITUGE
A. REPORTING POINT TX TON REQUEST FOR WHICH FIX IS DESIRED HIGH ALTITUDE.
&_ HOLDING
PAT. SPEED | AIRSPACE SPEED ‘AIRSPACE SPEED ‘AIRSPACE SPEED ‘AIRSPACE,
: 170-175 t H 200 - 230 tT 265 t K 30 t_ [4
3 1570 4
2
3
COMPLETELY WITHIN CONTROLLED AIRSPACE (1! answer is *NO® indicate Air Traffic action YES NO
G inne” required in item 3 "REMARKS") x
CLEAR OF RESTRICTED / WARNING AREAS D4
XTREQUIRED
S. CHART PUBLICATION NOT REQUIRED
Ee TERMINAL | SID STAR TAL AL ENROUTE LOW | ENROUTE HIGH
IK PRESENT
REQUESTED x
HOLDING |PRESENT NOTE:
REQUESTED. x
DATE: FACILITY: SIGNATURE:
6. INITIATED 09/04/00 AVN-270 HENDER S, WILLIAMS
7, CONTROLLING OBSTRUCTIONS
PATTERN] AIRCRAFT OBSTRUCTION | COORDINATES | ELEVATION (ms) | CRITERIA DETERMINATION
1 170-175 TERRAIN TREE (201549893334 104 P4 MAP STUDY
2
3
DATE CHECKED: CHECKED BY:
083090 A COLDMAN
8. FLIGHT INSPECTION: 9. REVISION RECORD
LOW ALTITUDE HIGH ALTITUDE _| REVISION NO. DATE OF REVISION:
FIDO / FIFO ‘OKC FIFO. 1 09/04/00
VALIDATION DATES: ON FILE
= E : SUPERSEDES: DATED:
ORIGINAL 08/05/87
10, REASON FOR REVISION:
UPDATE FORM
NEW CONTROLLING OBSTACLE
11. FIFO DATE: FIFO: SIGNATURE:
APPROVAL 09/04/90 HENDER S. WILLIAMS
12, DISTRIBUTION [NFDC: IREGIONIAREA: [AATCC AVN: FIFO: OTHER:
(No. of copies) ATM-613 ASW-220 | ZHU AVN-220 oxe
13. WASHINGTON LNGT BEOUIRED
ACTION COMPLETED DATE EFFECTIVE

Figure Ad-7a

Page 10


8260.19C

9/16/93

SECTION 3. FLIGHT PROCEDURES STANDARDS WAIVER,
FAA FORM 8260-1 (RIS:FS8220-7)

908. PREPARATION OF FAA FORM 8260-1,
FLIGHT PROCEDURES STANDARDS
WAIVER.

Itemized instructions for completing FAA Form
8260-1 are as follows: (See figures 9-3 through
9-5a for examples of completed waiver forms.)

a. Date: Enter the date the originating office
prepared the form.

b. Itemi: Flight Procedure
Identification. Enter the city and state, official
airport name, and the flight procedure
identification (excluding amendment number).

c. Item 2: Waiver Required and Applicable
Standard. Identify clearly and accurately what
standard is requested to be waived; e.g.,
"Penetration of 20:1 and 34:1 slopes. TERPS
paragraph 332." Request only ONE waiver of
standards on each form. When a procedure is
amended, reprocessing of an existing waiver is
not necessary unless the reason for the
amendment directly impacts the basis for the
waiver.

d. Item 3: Reason for Waiver. The reason for
the waiver shall be clear and concise. If the
waiver for an existing procedure is being revised,
the effective date of the original procedure shall
be included. Include full justification for the
waiver; e.g., "To allow visibility reduction to
1/2 mile for MALSR approach light system.”

e. Item 4: Equivalent Level of Safety
Provided. Complete this item in all cases.
Clearly state the equivalent level of safety.

Note: The fact that the procedure has
existed for a number of years is not
considered to be sole justification for
an equivalent level of safety.

f. Item 5: How Relocation or Additional
Facilities Will Affect Waiver Requirement. Enter
statements in this item to indicate that
considerations have been given to relocation,
programming, or reprogramming action to
alleviate the requirement of a waiver of

Page 9-4

standards. Normally, the insertion of NA (not
applicable) in this item leaves a question as to
whether any consideration has been given to this
item.

g. Item 6: Coordination With User
Organizations. Indicate the FAA offices and other
organizations with whom this waiver will be
coordinated.

h. Item 7: Submitted By. The office (FIAO or
FPB) that initiated the waiver request shall
complete this item,

i. Item 8: Regional/FIAO Endorsement.

(1) If the FIAO initiates the waiver,
the FPB completes this section. If the FPB
initiates the waiver, the FIAO completes this
section. The endorsing office shall add any
comments that will support the waiver or assist
in its evaluation, and forward it to AVN-200.

(2) If, subsequent to the informal
coordination stated in paragraph 274a, the
endorsing office considers the waiver
unnecessary, it shall so indicate and return the
waiver to the originator.

j. Item 9: AVN Endorsement. The Flight
Procedures and Inspection Division, AVN-200,
shall coordinate internally as necessary, check the
appropriate box, add any useful comments, and
forward the waiver with accompanying technical
data to AFS-400. AVN-200 shall distribute
waiver origination and/or cancellation forms to
AVN-540 which is the ‘office responsible for the
waiver computer automation files.

* k. Item 10: AFO Action.

(1) The Technical Programs Division,
AFS-400, shall indicate Washington Headquarters
action, add any appropriate comments, and
distribute the completed form as follows: (See
also figure 9-1)

Chap 9
Par 903


8260.19C 9/16/93
Appendix 4

RADIO FIX AND HOLDING DATA RECORD

AIRSPACE DOCKET FIX ISTATE
NAME
[DME VHF
SMITH VHF/LF LF AK
TYPE OF ACTION  [ESTABUSH CANCEL
1. RADIO FIX {check one) MODIFY NO CHANGE
A. FACILITY TYPE FACIUTY 1 FACILITY 2 FACILITY 3
NAME BONELU (BLD) MDONLY (MDK)
TYPE / CLASS / CATEGORY MH-NDB-1/9 T-VOR/OME-13
RADIAL / COURSE / BEARING: 333.00 (358.00) .
DME DISTANCE (from) . 6.00
MRAMAA 10975 y0N25
B._DISTANCE FROM FACILITY: LEAST DIVERGENCE ANGLE: 22
WITH HF at
° CoMMURRCATIONS ZAN ARTCC SATS ORY DRIVE
UNICOM UHF 1000 MSL
FACILITY | TYPE/GLASS | RADIAL CRS DME MRAMAA | CHECKED BY DATE
D. MRA OF OTHER
FACILITIES AT

THIS FIX

E, AUTHORIZED USE OF THIS FIX
AIRSPACE (COMPULSORY|ON REQUEST| HOLDING ALT. CHANGE] ARRIVAL | DEPARTURE | FLAG REOD
Low x x i x
HIGH |
FLAG NOTE:
F,_RADIO FIX 1S (Check one) TAPPROVED. DISAPPROVED TXTRESTRICTED,
2. HOLDING TYPE OF ACTION ESTABLISH CANCEL
(Check one) MODIFY NO CHANGE

A_ HOLDING REQUIRED
PAT. DIRECTION T IDENT TYPE RAD/CRS/8RG | CRS INSOUND | TURN (Lor A) T TIME / DME OUTBOUND

o ! ! 1 1

2 | { I t

3 [ l ! n
B_HOLDING ALTITUDES

PATTERN ALL AIRCRAFT 170-175 K 200 - 230 K 265K 0K

2 T
3 1

i
1 l
|
!

©. REASON FOR NONSTANDARD HOLDING:

D. HOLDING IS (Check one) [APPROVED [X [DISAPPROVED [RESTRICTED
3. REMARKS: FACILITY 4
NAME
FIX USE: BONELLI, AK- NDB/DME RWY 16. TYPE / CLASS
RADIALICAS
DMEDIST.
MRA/MAA

LATLONG: 613016.21/1673239.61
FAA Form 8260 - 2 (computer generated) |
Figure Aq~6

Page 8


9/16/93 8260.19C
Appendix 4

APPENDIX 4. RADIO FIX
AND HOLDING DATA RECORD
FAA FORM 8260-2

Page 1


8260.19C

(1) Enter city, state, airport, effective date
of current amendment, and amendment number
on the bottom line of a blank Form 8260-15.

(2) Enter "Canceled effective "in
the center of the form.

(8) Beneath this entry, explain the
desired cancellation date, or enter: “Routine.”

g. Charting agencies will add the takeoff
minimums and departure procedures, and add the
“I” symbol to the SIAP charts, based on an
original Form 8260-15. They will delete the
takeoff minimums and departure procedures, and
delete the "I” symbol from the SIAP charts, based
on a Form 8260-15 cancelation. SIAP
amendments are NOT required for these
purposes. However, at the time of the next SIAP
amendment, update the "Takeoff" block on the
SIAP form accordingly.

Page 8-34

9/16/93

Chap 8
Par 835f(1)


8260.19C

(in whole degrees). When the fix is formed by
more than two facilities, the least angle may not
meet criteria. Determine whether the fix is
satisfactory by examining how it is used.
Consider the flight path, and what course
indications will actually be used by the pilot.
When the divergence angle is less than 30 degrees
(45 degrees for holding), include a note in the
REMARKS section indicating the terminal fix
criteria used; e.g., TERPS paragraph 287(c).
When the fix is not an intersection, leave blank,

@WAIR/GROUND
COMMUNICATIONS. Enter the ground
station(s) providing communications, and check
the appropriate frequency range box(es). Enter
the lowest altitude at which satisfactory
communications are provided at this fix. The
procedures specialist must ensure available
communications at fix use altitudes. If the
communications altitude is higher than the fix
MRA, holding altitudes and/or use of the fix as an
ATC reporting point may be restricted. Flight
inspection and ESV forms provide a source for
this data.

(i) MRA OF OTHER FACILITIES AT
THIS FIX. See also paragraphs 267 and 269.
Enter the facility identification, type and class,
radial, course, or bearing, DME distance, and the
MRA/MAA of other facilities whose radials,
courses, or bearings intersect this fix and could be
used as substitutes during the shutdown of the
primary facility or for other purposes. Data
entered in these blocks shall be to the same order
of accuracy as data entered in Block 1A. Enter
the FIAO which conducted flight inspection
verification and the verification date. When not
applicable, leave blank.

@ AUTHORIZED USE OF THIS
FIX. Enter the use of this fix in the appropriate
boxes. Check low boxes for fix use below 18000;
high for 18000 and above (this also applies to
Blocks 4A and 5). If the fix is compulsory, see
also paragraph 905a. If an MCA or MRA is
established at the fix, check the “flag required"
box and enter the flag note in the space provided.
The flag note box provided on this form is used
for MCA or MRA notes at the fix. Any change in
an en route MCA or MRA shall be submitted as
an amendment to the airway on Form 8260-16.

Page 9-14

9/16/93

(k) RADIO FIX IS. Check the
approved, disapproved, or restricted box. Check
the restricted box when this fix requires an MRA
or MCA, or its use is limited to an individual
operator on a Special SIAP or non-Part 95
routing. Military-only fixes or fixes associated
with Special SIAPs shall include an operational
note in the REMARKS section; e.g., "Restricted -
Aspen Airways." When the restricted box is
checked, the approved and disapproved boxes are
left blank.

e. BLOCK 2. HOLDING.

(1) TYPE OF ACTION. Enter the typeof
action being taken in the appropriate box. This is
applicable to block 2 only, and not to be confused
with block 1, RADIO FIX. When no action is
being taken, leave blank on originals and check
NO CHANGE on revisions.

(a) HOLDING REQUIRED. Enter the
holding direction (as determined in figure 8-1),
the identification and type of navigational facility
providing course guidance. For RNAV, enter only
"MLS" or "WP" in the “type” column. Enter the
radiaV/course/bearing in hundredths of a degree
from the WP or navigational facility on which
holding is predicated, the course inbound in
hundredths of a degree, the direction of turn, and
the time and/or the longest DME leg length
outbound from the fix for each pattern. For
RNAV, enter the time and/or the longest leg
length outbound from the fix for each pattern.

1 When a specific holding pattern
is not required, leave blank. If more than 3
holding patterns are required, and all turns are in
the same direction, the word ALL may be used to
indicate holding in all directions. All directions in
this sense shall be confined to designated airway
and routes; and when used, the words "Airway
Radials" shall be inserted in the column headed
RAD/CRS/BRG. When holding is authorized in
all directions, the highest minimum holding
altitude shall necessarily be applied to all holding
patterns. If more than 3 holding patterns are
required and each is described individually, enter
the additional holding pattern information in the
REMARKS section.

(b) HOLDING ALTITUDES. Enter

the minimum and maximum holding altitudes

Chap 9
Par 905g


8260.19 CHG 2
Appendix 2

12/29/99

APPENDIX 2. OBSTACLE ACCURACY STANDARDS, CODES, AND SOURCES

100. UNITED STATES NATIONAL MAP
ACCURACY STANDARDS.

With a view to the utmost economy and expedition
in producing maps which fulfill not only the broad
needs for standard or principal maps, but also the
reasonable particular needs of individual agencies,
standards of accuracy for published maps are
defined as follows: .

a. Horizontal accuracy. For maps on
publication scales larger than 1:20,000, not more
than 10 percent of the points tested shall be in
error by more than 1/30 inch, measured on the
publication scale; for maps on publication scales
of 1:20,000 or smaller, 1/50 inch. These limits of
accuracy shall apply in all cases to positions of
well-defined points only. Well-defined points are
those that are easily visible or recoverable on the
ground, such as the following: monuments or
markers, such as bench marks, property boundary
monuments: intersections of roads, railroads, etc.:
comers of large buildings or structures (or center

points of small buildings); etc. In general, what is-

well defined will also be determined by what is
able to be plotted on the scale of the map within
1/100 inch. Thus, while the intersection of two
roads or property lines meeting at right angles
would come within a sensible interpretation,
identification of the intersection of such lines
meeting at an acute angle would obviously not be
practicable within 1/100 inch. Similarly, features
not identifiable upon the ground within close limits
are not to be considered as test points within the
limits quoted, even though their positions may be
scaled closely upon the map. In this class would
come timber lines, soil boundaries, etc.

b. Vertical accuracy, as applied to contour
maps on all publication scales, shall be such that
not more than 10 percent of the elevations tested

_ Shall be in error more than one-half the contour
interval. In checking elevations taken from the
map, the apparent vertical error may be decreased
by assuming a horizontal displacement within the
permissible horizontal error for a map of that scale.

Page 2

c. Map accuracy testing may be
accomplished by comparing the positions of points
whose locations or elevations are shown upon it
with corresponding positions as determined by
surveys of a higher accuracy. Tests shall be made
by the producing agency, which shall also
determine which of its maps are to be tested and
the extent of such testing.

d. Published maps meeting these accuracy
requirements shall note this fact on their legends,
as follows: "This map complies with National
Map Accuracy Standards."

e. Published maps whose errors exceed those
stated before shall omit from their legends all
mention of standard accuracy.

f. Enlargements. When a published map is a
considerable enlargement of a map drawing
(manuscript) or of a published map, that fact shall
be stated in the legend. For example, "This map
is an enlargement of a 1:20,000-scale map
drawing," or "This map is an enlargement of a
1:24,000-scale published map."

g. Data Interchange. To facilitate ready
interchange and use of basic information for map
construction among ali Federal map-making
agencies, manuscript maps and published maps,
wherever economically feasible and consistent with
intended map use, shall conform to latitude and
longitude boundary size, being 15, 7.5, or 3-3/4
minutes of latitude and longitude.

101. ACCURACY CODES AND SOURCES.

a. Accuracy Codes. Allowable accuracy of
vertical and horizontal data was originally
determined by a joint DOD/DOC/DOT task group
in 1979. Accuracy codes established by that task
group are no longer documented on 8260-series
forms. Instead, document the vertical and/or
horizontal adjustment applied. See para-
graph 909a(1}\(g).


9/16/93

a. SIAP Transmittal. Authority to transmit
SIAPs rests with the FIAO manager. When
electronically transmitting IAPA generated
SIAPs, use the user identification code (UIC) and
password assigned to the FIAO manager. Use of
the UIC and password shall be in accordance with
the security provisions of Order 1600.54, Security
of FAA Automatic Data Processing Systems and
Facilities.

b. Distribution. The FIAO shall distribute
public-use SIAPs as follows:

ATM-600 Orig. + 2 copies
AVN-220 1 copy
FPB 1 copy
Users (Paragraph 837d) 1 copy
FIAO 1 copy

(Refer to paragraph 833c for Special SIAP
distribution channels.)

841. FIZO AND FPB REVIEW OF SIAPs
AND C. TS.

FIAOs and FPBs shall review and check FAA
Forms 8260-3/4/5/10, and the associated
aeronautical charts published by National Ocean
Service (NOS) for variations from information
submitted for publication. The FPB shall
immediately report.any variance or charting
discrepancies identified to the attention of the
FIAO. If safety of flight is involved, the FIAO
shall be responsible for notifying the NFDC to
initiate appropriate emergency action (Chart
Correction NOTAM) to amend the procedure or to
suspend its use until corrected charts can be
issued. See paragraph 237.

842-899. RESERVED.

Chap 8
Par 840a

8260.19C

Page 8-37 (and 8-38)


B/16/93 8260.19C
Appendix 7

Page 1


9/16/93

8260.19C

SECTION 6. STANDARD INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE DATA RECORD,
FAA FORM 8260-9 (RIS: FS 8260-7)

909. PREPARATION OF FAA FORM 8260-9.

The Standard Instrument Approach Procedure
Data Record, FAA Form 8260-9, and the IAPA
Data Record shall be prepared in accordance with
the instructions below for each instrument
approach procedure developed by Flight
Inspection Field Offices. The form is designed as
a supporting document for the approach
procedure. It serves as a checklist for the
Procedures Specialist, as a technical reference for
the Flight Inspector, and provides a permanent
record of data currently available at the time of
procedural development.

a. PART A: OBSTRUCTION DATA.
(1) BLOCK 1:

(a) App.Segment. Identify each
Feeder, Initial, Intermediate, and Final segment,
and stepdown fixes therein. If the IF is also an
initial approach fix, identify the IF with "(IAF)"
in the "From" column. For ILS SIAPs which have
separate intermediate and final segments for ILS
and LOC, identify all: Intermediate: ILS and
Intermediate: LOC; Final: ILS and Final:
Loc.

(b) From/To. Enter segment
start/end points, including stepdown segments,
as listed in the Terminal Routes section of the
FAA Forms 8260-3/4/5/7. Enter the PT
completion distance in the "From" column
opposite the intermediate or final segment, as
appropriate. Enter the actual missed approach
point in the “To” column for the final/stepdown
segments. Enter "GS Intcp" in the "From"
column and "DH" in the "To" column for precision
final.

(c) Obstruction. Enter controlling
obstruction type (tower, trees, terrain, etc.) and
NOS obstacle number, if available, within each
approach segment on one line; enter segment
highest terrain data (if different) on the next.
Make only one entry if terrain is controlling
obstruction. Number each obstruction and
segment highest terrain sequentially as they

Chap 9
Par 909

appear on the form in blocks 1 to 4, To satisfy
Flight Inspection requirements, and for
documentation purposes, manually number each
obstruction/segment terrain data element on the
IAPA generated 8260-9 form in the same manner.
Corresponding numbers shall be used to identify
the controlling obstructions/ terrain on an
accompanying chart or IAPA/Tektronix hardcopy
of the SIAP, (See Chart Documentation below).
For obstructions/ terrain common to other
segments, enter only the obstruction number in
the “obstruction” column for each subsequent
repetition, leaving the "coordinates" column
blank, but completing remaining column entries.

(d) Coordinates. Enter controlling
obstacle and/or terrain coordinates in degrees,
minutes and seconds; e.g., 411532/943028,

(e) Elev MSL, Enter the controlling
obstacle/terrain MSL elevation followed in
parentheses by the appropriate accuracy code.
Any required altitude adjustment due to accuracy
code application is shown in the “Alt. Adj."
column. Terrain used for airspace evaluation has
no accuracy code assigned.

(f) ROC. Enter required obstruction
clearance (ROC) for each segment and any
required altitude adjustment. See paragraph
272a and b. For ILS/MLS, where appropriate,
enter "ASC" (all surfaces clear). Where obstacle
penetrations cause DH adjustment, enter the
slope penetrated; e.g., 84:1. Where obstacles
require a glideslope higher than 3°, enter the
slope supporting the higher glideslope; e.g., 31.9:1
(for a 3.2° glideslope). Document obstacle
penetrations per paragraph 909a(1)(c).

(g) Alt, Adj. Do NOT enter additives
required for rounding purposes. State only the
reason for and amount of adjustment, rounded to
the next higher foot. The following codes should
be used: RA - remote altimeter; AS - airspace;
AT -air traffic; AC - accuracy code; SI - straight-
in mins; XL - excessive length of final; PR -
precipitous térrain; HAA - circling minimum
HAA; MA - missed approach; PT - procedure
turn; DG - descent gradient; GS - glideslope, etc.

Page 9-21


9/16/93 8260.19C
Appendix 6

APPENDIX 6. RADAR - STANDARD
INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE
FAA FORM 8260-4

Page 1


8260.19C 9/16/93
Appendix 3

APPENDIX 8. DIRECTIVE FEEDBACK INFORMATION, FAA FORM 1320-19

©
U.S. Department

‘of Transportation

Federal Aviation
Administration

Directive Feedback Information

Please submit any written comments or recommendations for improving this directive, or
suggest new items or subjects to be added to it. Also, lf you find an error, please tell us about it,

Subject: Order
To: Directives Management Officer, AVN-12

(Please check all appropriate line items)

© An error (procedural or typographical) has been noted in paragraph on
page :
© Recommend paragraph on page be changed as follows:

(attach separate sheet if necessary)

© Ina future change to this directive, please include coverage on the following subject
(briefly describe what you want added):

© Other comments:

© | would like to discuss the above. Please contact me.

Submitted by: Date:

FTS Telephone Number: Routing Symbol:

FAA Form 1320—19 (0.49)

Page 2


9/16/93

6

8260.19C
Appen

z t o0ed (peyesousd s9ndwos) y - O97B _WHO4 VV4
88 Bd vt *03LvO) 67 LOWY ‘L-uvavy usv 310 “UNI SNDNZ19-GNVTdOH HO ‘QNW1d0H
ita al4LLN3Q1 'aWYN LHoduly

ans| tALV 3AWD3443 / ‘ON LOWY / ‘ON 38NG3D0"d Auniov ee :NOLLVAIT2 BLV1S ONY ALID

06 *uvaA HOOda ML HHVA SVN “LOVINOD IWILINI NO DLV Ad 319310 Sv ISAME TV) SNOILVOINNWOD 1501

Ocopia/GypZLy LM LEG - HAZ AMY
ZEGVLE/ZPyZLy NOLS OFG - 1EZ AMY

: (Z Od G.1NOD) ‘OPE X14 TW Z SANA WAWINIW ‘0097 3GNLILTY WAWINIW
covaiersosziy ata £96101 AMY “GIOHSAYHL WOUs SITIW 9 JV :030N31X3 INITURLNID AVMNNY NO GIOHSIUHL WOUS SIU ZL at “woz AMY
¥£99L8/600Z1 NOVIS 176 - YS AMY “OVEL SIUW Z ‘OZHL SIUW C ‘OOGL SII ¥ ‘O9ZZ SITIW 9 IONLILI GIONIWWODRY “LEZ ISHNOD HOVOUddY TWNId

:8310VL880 SV4 10061 Xt4 JTW » AGNLELTY WAWINIW ‘0097 3QN1111V WAWINIW ‘QVOHS3YHL WOUd S37 9 4V4 “1CZ AMY
oc ; “‘OOPL SIH Z ‘OL! SITIW € ‘O00Z SAIW ¥ “OOCZ STTIW 9 3ONLILTV G2QNaWNODIY
may _ott_azo, _ wor _ ‘amu rt aru sat sawn owowaay TH 209 21 I TEMES NOM TIN 924 3
WeTTAMY 98053201 BL TAMY 982 #3201

“001 ASHNOD HOVOUddY TWNId ‘0007 FONLILIW WAWINIW ‘GIOHS3YHL WOUs S3TIW 9 3V4 :10L AMY

FOL AMY zed? 1a70L wa :AMY ele :3201| “OOvL SIM Z “OOLL SIMI C “000Z S3TIW & ‘OOLZ SITIW 9 JONI TV G30N3IWWO9SY
Wivd LHONd JvNoILIGav ‘£90: asunol HOWOUddY - TWN ‘ooez FONLULTW | WAWINIW “Q1OHS3YHHL WOU S3TIN 9 dvs 31 9 AMY =S3L0N
899 z over { sos | zt | oocr | os | 1 [ oocr | a09 t oct ONNOUID
vey | evi | oer | tev | wir | ozer | tev | i | oer | tep | t | ot [| ses
__8yy ooos | ovzt | avy | ooov | ovzL | avy | cove | ovzt | avy | oovz | ovat waz-s
__ | sae ooos | ove: | say | coos | over | sav | o00g | ovzt | sav | ooo9 | ovet | ves
sev | aer | oz: | sey | wit | ozzi | sev | +t | ozzr_| sev | t+ | oz | ats
ety zee ozzt ety vit | yozzt_| ete L ozze ace 3 ozzt wes
voy 00039 oett vov coor | / oat Lt vor O0vz oBlt vov 00%z oat uss
VVH/LVH SIA WOW/HO | WWH/LVH SIA VOW/HO | VVH/LVH SIA VOW/HO | WVH/LVH SIA VOW/HO | VVH/LVH SIA VOW /HO
2 a 2 a Vv AWODRLVD
aquvanwis[ | VN '31VNU3LIV AOdUIV SIMA HOd $1-0978 WHOS VV 33S [x | OuvaNVIs| | ‘4403NV1
SWAWININ
“SNOLLONYLSNI “TVA SGNLILTW ONIUOLOIA WNWNINIW HSV SNINS1D LNIUUND SMi Ae G3HS|lavisa §
. __HOVOddv G3SSIW Od Z 39Vd 335
“Q1OHSauHL — ee — = -| -
90 war “ez “ar “01 “ws AMY Fav [3aNLIL1V[3ONVISIO| Jan |JONVLSI| IanLLIV|IONVLSIG] 3aNLILI|JONVIsial|3aniLIVv|3oNVIsIG| OL wous
HOWOuddy G3ISSIW {wuuelue sepes widss poinsuew SeduE)sIp pus 610199S) S4AQNL111V GNV SHO1D33 DNINZANINVW VAXV TWNIWYAL YVOVE
“yoeoidde oy? enuNUODSIp 0} o[quiIsep Siveddw | j) UONOLOSIP S,yond Jw (g) 28 SSWNUNURE
“poysicuoaze ou $1 Buipusy 41 (Q) 10 ‘susNuNKY BurpuDy pozvOYINE o1 IUedseP UodN —Bulpuy pezuoyinY oY 0} 1ueasep w10;0q 10 Jw YovOIddy |¥UH LO PoYsyquIse BI J9vIUOD |ENSIA,
PaYsHQeISe JOU St 19B1U09 jeNsIA (5) /S14)}01)UOD supe, AQ PeloB.p (g) youOIdde eoUEWPeAINS w {¥) 1uoym ydooxe Aioyepuwus G19 1oJ0NUW0D Apes OY) Jo SUONONASU) By “sUNWHUKY BuIpUL}
Buunp Spuoses OF ueYy! eo. 105 10 ‘Yoeosdde UOIsIoesd ¥ BULINp GPUCDS G UUY) 920LU 10; 160} POZVOYIN WUT 01 WUPEL YIM YO"IUOD JONIU WOL4 “40/10/1409 JUpEs OY) YIM PeYysnquIsE
81 yoworddy jwulj Uo suoHeotNLWED (y) /eYMm MOjoq PopIAdid Se PeINreXe ug I]WYs YouosddE 2q MU YONBOyNUEp! BANICOg “mojOg YL10) 108 Bu 10 vosw JyjNoNIUd By) UL LOHe:edo
Possnu e “youoidde @uy 0} soUd BsimsoyO 1DONIP AYU J9]]01)U0D sBpLL Oy) UOYA d0o%3 #1noiUe 10) peysyquise osoy) Wim puodse1i09 eYs (s)epminje WnUHUNE Yoeosdde ywntu

“WAY 109} U) 40 Bonu BINIEIs UY e18 Yor
esims0\Y10 Bso]UN SepNyNje WNUNURY O18 SEPMINIY “WH PUB "HDL "VVH "LVH 1dvoxe "SW ‘1o9) Ul G18

jodie enoge 1e0} UI G1 SOU “porv:
1@ 6¥Ipes pue ‘sosin0D ‘sHuIpuoy ‘sbULWEg

LE°L6 LuWd UV -- JOIAUAS SGYVONVLS LHDIT -- SYNGIDOKd HOVOUddV LNIWNYLSNI GYVGNVLS - YvaVH
NOLLVULSININGY NOILVIAV TWHaG3d -- NOILVLHOdSNVHL JO LNAWLUVd;ad ‘S'N

Figure A6-1

Page 2


U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Aad FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION | | 82619C CHG2

12/29/99

SUBJ: FLIGHT PROCEDURES AND AIRSPACE

1. PURPOSE. This change transmits revised pages to Order 8260.19C, Flight Procedures and
Airspace.

2. DISTRIBUTION. This order is distributed in Washington headquarters to the branch level in the
Offices of System Safety, Aviation Policy and Plans, Air Traffic Systems Development, Aviation
Research, Communications, Navigation, and Surveillance Systems, Airport Safety and Standards; to
Flight Standards, Air Traffic, and Airway Facilities Services; to the Aeronautical Information Division
(ATA-100); to the National Flight Procedures Office (AVN-100), the National Airway Systems
Engineering and the Regulatory Standards Divisions at the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center; to the
branch level in the regional Flight Standards, Air Traffic, Airway Facilities, and Airports Divisions; to all
Flight Inspection Offices; International Flight Inspection Office; the Europe, Africa, and Middle East
Area Office; to all Flight Standards and Airway Facilities Field Offices; special mailing list ZVN-826;
and Special Military and Public Addressees.

3. EFFECTIVE DATE. May 15, 2000.
4. EXPLANATION OF CHANGES. Chapters 4, 5, 6, and 7 are rewritten to reflect organizational
changes and reassignment of responsibilities of the Flight Standards Service and the Aviation System
Standards (AVN). Policy and responsibilities are also revised to reflect current policy and terminal
instrument procedures (TERPS) instruction letters.

a. Chapter 2.

(1) Paragraph 223a. Revises AVN-100 - National Flight Data Center (NFDC) coordination
procedures for FDC Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) transmittal.

(2) Paragraph 224. Updates NOTAM policy for departure procedures (DP’s).

(3) Paragraph 264. Updates information relating to naming navigational fixes to satisfy the
requirements of Order 8260.40B, Flight Management System.

b. Chapter 4.

(1) Paragraph 404. Updates information to reflect modifications made in Order 8260.3B CHG
17, United States Standard for Terminal Instrument Procedures (TERPS).

(2) Paragraph 421. Modifies latter portion of paragraph to reflect evaluation and disposition of
user comments.

Distribution: A-W(SY/PO/UA/AR/ND/AS/AT/FS/AF)-3; ATA-100(ISCYS); AVN-100(150CYS); Initiated By: AFS-420
AOS-200(10C YS); AMA-200(80CYS); A-X(FS/AT/AF/AS)-3; A-FFS-O (STD);
AEU-1(10CYS); A-FAF-O(STD); ZVN-826; Special Military and Public Addressees


8260.19C CHG 2 12/29/99
PAGE CONTROL CHART

REMOVE PAGES DATED INSERT PAGES DATED

APPENDIX 1 APPENDIX 1

1 thru 5 9/16/93 1 thru 5 (and 6) 12/29/99

APPENDIX 2 APPENDIX 2

1 thru 4 9/16/93 1 thru 5 (and 6) 12/29/99

L. Nicholas Lacey
Director, Flight Standards Service

Page 4


8260.19C

9/16/93
Qe , Reports identitication Symbol FS 8220-7
Dave
Ustwpometettoncowen FLIGHT PROCEDURES STANDARDS WAIVER
Federal ettion Adminstration 5/10/84

7. Fight Procedure identification

Bealeton, VA, Bealeton Intl, ILS RWY 18R

2 Waiver Required And Applicable Standard

TERPS paragraphs 935 and 938b(1)
Obstacles penetrate the final approach obstacle clearance surface.

Reason For Waiver (Justification for nonstandard treaiment)
To retain 200' HAT and 1/2 mile visibility without raising the 2.75 degree glide slope angle.

Trees penetrating the surface by 10' were identified on an obstacle survey. These trees are
on private property and the owner refuses to allow trimming.

‘@ Equivatent Level of Salety Provided

1. The trees are at the extreme right edge of the approach area, where the localizer needle
would be off-scale 1o the left.

2. The localizer-only MDA has been raised to provide the required obstacle clearance,

3. Compared to most obstacles, these trees should be considered frangible.

4. A favorable CRM Report is attached.

5 How Reiocation Or Adgihonal Facahes Will Affect Wawer Requirement

Retaining the commissioned glide slope angle, and relocating the glide slope antenna and
threshold, would reduce runway length unacceptably.

& Coordination With User Orgamzaivons (Specily)

ATA, ALPA, NBAA, AOPA, FRR FSDO.

7. SUBMITTED BY

Office Ideniification Title ~ Signature
AAA-220 Manager, Flight Procedures Branch 0. T. Door
FAA Form 8260-1 1685) Sucerssam Prevous Eaton

Figure 94

Chap 9

Page 9-8 Par 9031


9/16/93

(a) AWOS.A: reports altimeter setting
only.

(b) AWOS-1: reports altimeter setting,

wind, temperature, dewpoint, and density
altitude.

(c) AWOS-2: reports the same
information as AWOS-1 plus visibility.

(d) AWOS-8: reports the same

information as AWOS-2 plus cloud/ceiling data.

(2) ASOS is a National Weather
Service sponsored automatic observation
program designed to replace current observation
sites which use human observers. ASOS locations
will have commercial telephone access, discrete
VHF air-to-ground frequency, and will be
connected to the Service A FSS weather
distribution network.

(8) AWOS-3/ASOS transmitted on
Service A does NOT require a backup
altimeter source, and no notes are required on
the procedure.

(4) AWOS-A, -1, -2, and AWOS-3 not
transmitted on Service A DO require backup
altimeter sources. Do NOT publish backup
altimeter source information as a second set of
minimums, or increase visibility for the AWOS
backup altimeter source. Use standard Note: "If
local altimeter setting not received, use
(ocation) altimeter setting and increase all
MDAs 100 feet." Where appropriate, define
application to DH and/or MDA within the
standard Note. See paragraphs 8131(1)(a)1 and
2, If a suitable backup altimeter source is not
available, deny use of the SIAP. Use standard
Note: "If local altimeter setting not received,
procedure NA." Use these standard Notes
where AWOS is transmitted over an NDB.

(5) AWOS may be used as a remote
secondary altimeter source when data is
available to Flight Service Station (FSS)
specialists and ATC facilities through Service A.

(6) AWOS/ASOS at a remote location
may be used as a primary altimeter source for an
airport. Use standard note: "Use (location)
altimeter setting." However, AWOS -A, -1, -2,

Chap 8
Par 814f(1)(a)

8260.19C

and AWOS -3 not transmitted on Service A still
require backup altimeter setting sources. Use
standard Note: "Use (location) altimeter
setting; if not received, use (location)
altimeter setting and increase all MDAs 100
feet." Where appropriate, define application
to DH and/or MDA within the standard Note.
See paragraphs 8131(1)(a)1 and 2, When an
airport uses a remote AWOS/ASOS as a primary
altimeter source, flight inspection insures
AWOS/ASOS discrete frequency reception at the
TAF.

(7) AWOS-3/ASOS may be used as a
remote secondary altimeter source and to
support alternate minimums at an airport
when:

(a) AWOS-3/ASOS is installed and

commissioned.

(b) AWOS-3/ASOS data is available to
FSS specialists and ATC through Service A for
flight planning purposes.

(8) When the AWOS/ASOS information
is transmitted over a discrete frequency (not
CTAF) or the voice portion of a local NDB or
VOR, AWOS is receivable within 25nm of the
AWOS site, at or above 3000’ AGL. If
AWOS/ASOS is located on the voice portion of a
NAVAID, flight inspection checks for interference;
this check is performed prior to test
transmissions.

(9) Paragraph 816q contains AWOS/ASOS
charting guidance.

g. ASR or ARSR may be available to provide
assistance in vectoring to the approach course,
identifying fixes, or to provide instrument
approaches. Include standard Notes to inform the
pilot of these capabilities:

(1) When ASR and/or PAR approaches
are published for the airport, use standard
Note: "ASR" or "ASR/PAR" - as appropriate.

(2) Where radar is the only method of

procedure entry or determining a terminal fix, use
standard Note: "Radar required.”

Page 8-21


9/16/93

(6) City/State, Airport, SIAP Data:
Enter city/state, airport elevation, etc., as on FAA
Forms 8260-3/4/5/7. Enter facility identification
and type. Enter the three-letter code for the FAA
region responsible for the SIAP.

b. PART B: SUPPLEMENTAL DATA.

(1) BLOCK 1: Identify the facility or
facilities providing approach control and terminal
service to the airport. If no full-time or part-time
control tower, include the associated FSS. Flight
inspection reports are the source for the primary

.frequency bands in which satisfactory
communications are provided. For clarity, facility
identification should agree with those used in the
Airport/Facility Directory (A/FD).

(2) BLOCK 2: Identify the facility
providing local weather reporting service, the
location with reference to the airport served by
the procedure, and the hours that weather service
is available to the public. Split the boxes as
necessary to indicate multiple sources. For record
purposes, "ESSA” is now NWS (National Weather
Service). "FAA" requires a weather observer.
Enter AWOS, including level, SAWRS, LAWRS,
ASOS, etc., in "Other".

(8) BLOCK 8: Identify by location
identifier the altimeter setting source (or sources
separated by a '/"), If the altimeter setting is
derived from a remote source, indicate the
distance to 0.01nm and clock hours of remote
service. Indicate the resulting altitude raw
adjustment (ROC increase) to 0.01 feet. Use this
value rounded to the nearest whole foot increment
in the "ALT.ADJ.” column in Part A.

(4) BLOCK 4: Identify the primary
navaid (facility providing final approach
guidance) and the point providing Category 1
monitoring service. Space is provided to show
hours of operation by Category 1 and Category 3
monitoring service at part-time monitoring points.
The secondary navaid is used to provide the same
information for supporting navaids utilized for
descent fixes in the final approach segment.
Alternate minimums shall not be established
lower than the crossing altitude of a fix
predicated on a Category 3 monitored navaid,
either primary or secondary.

(5) BLOCK 65: Specify the floor of

Chap 9
Par 909a(6)

8260.19C

controlled airspace underlying the final approach
course (FAC). Identify the type of controlled
airspace and the hours of operation for control
zones.

(6) BLOCK 6: Indicate the available
approach and runway lighting for the airport and
list the runways served by each type of lighting
aid. Complete preprinted entries on computer
generated form. Enter VASI, PAPI, etc., data in
"Other". Enter "(PCL)" in the respective block
when pilot controlled lights are available.

(7) BLOCK 7: List the runways with
serviceable ranway markings. Place "BSC" data
on Runway line, "PIR" data on "All Weather" line,
and "NPI" data on "Instrument" line. Place non-
standard data in REMARKS.

(8) BLOCK 8: List each runway served
by runway visual range (RVR) in the approach
and roll out ends. Enter midfield RVR data on
first line: e.g., "Midfield 31”.

(9) BLOCK®9: Provide GS/GP information
as indicated for all ILS/MLS procedures to the
following accuracy: GS/GP angle - nearest .01°;
distance THR to GS/GP Ant -nearest foot;
elevation RWY THR and GS/GP Ant - 0.1 foot;
TCH - nearest 0.1 foot. These values shall agree
with the AMIS database.

(10) BLOCK 10: Identify the desired
approach course aiming point as determined by
the procedure construction. Normally this will be
the runway threshold or a point on the runway
centerline extended at a specified distance from
the threshold. Check both blocks on any
ILS/MLS, or where the FAC is directly aligned to
the runway threshold. For distances from
threshold between 3000’ and 5200’, enter the
specific value. For those final approaches that
parallel the runway centerline extended or
intersect the centerline more than 5,200’ from the
threshold, specify "3000’ from c/line" as well as
the distance between the FAC and the centerline
extended at that point. For circling or point in
space alignment, explain in REMARKS.

(11) BLOCK 11: Specify the total number
of waivers approved for each approach procedure
and the dates of Washington approval. Where no
waivers have been issued indicate "None" in the

Page 9-23


8260.19C

da. Avoid listing specific times in notes
whenever possible, since a change in hours of
operation would require amended procedures.
Instead, refer to the situation directly relating to
the cause. Use standard Note: "When control
tower closed" or, "at night." When there is NO
ALTERNATIVE, times may be used if the airport
operator provides assurance that the hours will
not change. Most operators adjust UTC hours of
operation so that local hours remain the same
whether or not daylight saving time is in effect.
In such cases, it is appropriate to use local time
in notes.

e. When a local altimeter setting is available
at an uncontrolled airport, including those with
part-time towers, the setting will be obtained on
the established CTAF for that airport whenever
possible. The NFDC is responsible for
designating and publishing the CTAF (see
AC90-42, and AIM chapter 4). In such cases, a
Note may be required. Some operators provide
approved weather reporting services, full-time or
part-time, to their own company aircraft or ona
contract basis to others.

NOTE: The phrase “except for
operators with approved weather
reporting service" is used only when
such service is available.

Conditions that require notes and the associated
standard Notes are as follows:

(1) At airports with a part-time tower
and an FSS, the CTAF will be a tower frequency
and will be monitored by the FSS whenever the
tower is closed. No note should be needed if
full-time altimeter setting service is provided.

(2) At airports with an FSS and no
tower, the CTAF is an FSS frequency. No note
is needed for a full-time FSS. For a part-time
FSS, use standard Note: "Obtain local
altimeter setting on CTAF; when not
received, use (location) altimeter setting and
increase all MDAs 80 feet, and all visibilities
1/2 mile." Where appropriate, define application
to DH and/or MDA, or address when visibility is
NOT affected in all categories, within the
standard Note. See paragraphs 8131(1)(a)1 and
2. If a remote altimeter source cannot be
approved, end the note: "...; when not received,

Page 8-20

9/16/93
procedure NA."

(83) At airports with a part-time tower
and no FSS, the CTAF will be a tower frequency
even when the only altimeter source is UNICOM.
In such cases use of UNICOM is authorized
provided the note gives an alternate course of
action if UNICOM is not contacted. Use standard
Note: "When control tower closed, obtain
local altimeter setting on UNICOM; when
not received, (alternative action).”"

(4) At airports with no tower or FSS,
with the altimeter setting available on UNICOM,
the CTAF is UNICOM. An alternate course of
action is required. Use standard Note: "Obtain
local altimeter setting on CTAF; when not
received, (alternate action)."

(5) When using remote CTAF altimeter,
use standard Note: "Obtain West Allis
altimeter setting on CTAF (122.8); when not
received, (alternate action)."

(6) Multiple altimeter sources shall not
result in more than two sets of minimums. If the
chosen combination of local and/or remote sources
does not provide full-time coverage, deny use
of the procedure when no altimeter setting is
available. Use standard Note: "When control
tower closed, obtain local altimeter setting
on CTAF; when not received, use Smith
altimeter setting and increase all MDAs 140
feet, and all visibilities 1/2 mile; when
neither received, procedure NA." Where
appropriate, define application to DH and/or
MDA, or address when visibility is NOT affected
in all categories, within the standard Note. See
paragraphs 8131(1)(a)1 and 2.

f. Automated Weather Observing System
(AWOS)/Automated Surface Observing System
(ASOS).

(1) AWOS is an FAA sponsored, off the
shelf, automatic observation system. The weather
and altimeter information is forwarded to the
pilot via discrete VHF radio frequency or on a
NAVAID, and may be available on commercial
telephone access. Additionally, many FAA
maintained AWOS-3’s are connected to the
Service A FSS weather distribution network.
AWOS is classified into four basic levels:

Chap 8
Par 814d


9/16/93

Do NOT use less than pattern template number
4. Apply appropriate ROC to obstacles within
each template area. Some time may be saved by
initially evaluating the patterns for the highest
and lowest altitudes requested relative to the
highest speed group. If the same controlling
obstacle or minimum holding altitude results,
document the obstacle and the associated
smaller pattern template number; the evaluation
is then complete. If, however, the minimum
holding altitudes differ, a more detailed
incremental analysis is necessary.

(8) Unusable Holding Altitudes. Where
unusable holding altitudes are found, document
the controlling obstacle and associated pattern
template number for the first usable holding
altitude above and/or below the unusable
altitude(s), and restrict holding accordingly.
Record multiple obstacle information in one
pattern row (e.g., Pattern 1,2,3); use subsequent
rows if available, or use REMARKS. Restrict
holding in the REMARKS section; e.g., "Holding
restricted to 5000”; "Holding not authorized
above 6000"; "Holding not authorized from
2100 through 3900’, or from 6100 through
8000”; "Holding not authorized below 5000”.

(4) Climb-In-Hold. Evaluate climb-in-
hold, as appropriate, [AW FAAH 7130.3, Holding
Pattern Criteria, paragraph 35. Document in
REMARKS; eg., "Climb-in-hold evaluated
(265K)." Indicate in parentheses the speed group
required by paragraph 35. Handle new obstacles
discovered as a result of this process on a case-by-
case basis in coordination with AVN-220.

k. BLOCK8, FLIGHTINSPECTION. Enter
the FIAO which conducted flight inspection
verification and the verification date. If flight
inspection records are not available and the
facilities are inspected by SAFI, "SAFI" may be
entered provided the fix falls within the
operational service volume for all the facilities
listed. The word "Pending" is appropriate for
facility rotations for which hard dates are
established; and, may be used for any fix on
originaV/amended SIAPs forwarded under the
provisions of Order 8260.26B. Any changes
required as a result of flight inspection findings
would necessitate a revised 8260-2. Leave blank
for oceanic waypoints identified by long range
navigation equipment.

Chap 9
Par 905j(2)

8260.19C

1. BLOCK 9. REVISION RECORD. Enter
the revision number, the revision date, and the
superseded revision number and date. When the
fix is an original, enter "Original" and the date.
The date of FIAO approval is also the revision
date.

m BLOCK 10. REASON FOR
REVISION. State the reason(s) for the revision.
When the fix is an original, leave blank. If
applicable, enter: "Concurrent with Jackson
Hole WY VOR/DME Rwy 36, Amdt 16.”

n. BLOCK 11, FIAO APPROVAL. Enter the
date, FIAO, and the name and signature of the
individual approving this form.

o. BLOCK 12. DISTRIBUTION.
(1) Distribute the approved 8260-2s for

fixes, including military fixes (except Army) and
fixes associated with Special SIAPs, as follows:

ATM-600 Orig. + 2 cys
FPB 1 copy
ARTCC 1 copy
ATCT (if appropriate)1 copy
AVN-220 1 copy
FIAO 1 copy

(2) Enter the routing symbol in the
box(es) for the specific office to which distribution
is made,

(a) For U.S. Army fixes, distribute
8260-2s as specified in Order 8260.15.

(b) For fixes associated with Special
SIAPs, the FPB shall distribute copies of 8260-28
to intended users.

(ce) For fixes associated with SIDs or
STARs, include normal distribution copies for
ATM-600 and ARTCC in the package forwarded
to the regional ATD.

p- BLOCK 13. WASHINGTON
ACTION. This space is reserved for NFDC use.

Page 9-17


8260.19C CHG 1 9/18/98

PAGE CONTROL CHART
REMOVE PAGES DATED INSERT PAGES DATED
3-3 and 3-4 9/16/93 3-3 and 3-4 9/18/98
3-7 thru 3-12 9/16/93 3-7 thru 3-12 9/18/98

Acting Director, Flight Standards Service

Page 2


9/16/93

(a) "TAKEOFF MINIMUMS".

1, List runways authorized

standard takeoff minimums.

2. Immediately below, list any
deviations from standard minimums; e.g.,
restrictions.

(aa) When obstacles preclude
standard takeoff minimums, provide higher than
standard takeoff minimums or standard
minimums with a climb gradient. Use standard
Note: Rwy 9, 400-2, or Standard with
minimum climb of 235’ per NM to 1500.

8. Following the deviations, list
remaining runways with ceiling and visibility
minimums.

4, When low, close-in obstacles
cause a climb gradient to less than 200 feet above
DER (see TERPS paragraph 1205d), inform the
pilot of the obstacle(s)’ height (AGL) and location
relative to the DER. Use standard note:
"50°AGL trees 120’ left of departure end of
runway"; or, "50°AGL bldg 500’ from
departure end of runway, 350’ right of
centerline.”

() "IFR DEPARTURE
PROCEDURES.” List the required departure
procedures.

fe) "_T_ A K _E O F F
OBSTACLES." Identify the location of
controlling obstacles,

1, These obstacles, found only in
Zone VSection 1, are defined as those which
require higher than standard takeoff minimums
or standard minimums with a climb gradient.

2, List the runway affected,
elevation and type of obstacle, and the coordinates
to the nearest second; eg. "RWY 32: 1449
Terrain 341402/861932.”

(@)" DEPARTURE
OBSTACLES." Identify the location of
controlling obstacles.

1. These obstacles, found outside

Chap 8
Par 835d(2)(a)

8260.19C

Zone VSection 1 but within subsequent departure
trapezoids, are defined as those which require
non-standard takeoff minimums and/or a climb
gradient to be published. However, if no
ceiling/visibility is required, the controlling
obstacle is that which causes the departure
routing to be established. In the latter case, the
obstacle might not be in the departure trapezoid.

2. List the runway affected,
elevation and type of obstacle, and the coordinates

to the nearest second; e.g., "RWY 32: 2049
Terrain 341548/862101."
(8) Developed By. The procedures

specialist developing the data shall sign in the
"developed by" space which also includes date and
FIAO.

(4) Approved By. The FIAO manager
shall sign in the "approved by" space which also
includes date and FIAO.

(5) City, State / Airport. Complete this
block with the same location and airport name as
the associated approach procedure(s).

(6) Effective Date / Amdt No. The
effective date should normally be concurrent
with a SIAP amendment.

(a) If the Form 8260-15 represents a
concurrent action, place an attention symbol (*
for example) in the effective date space and enter
the following in the body of the form: " *
Concurrent with (SIAP and amendment
number)."

(b) Enter "Routine" when submitting
a Form 8260-15 submitted without an
accompanying change to the associated SIAP(s).

e. Process the 8260-15 forms as specified in
paragraph 840, except ATM-600 receives the
original only.

f. Cancellation of Form 8260-15. When all
takeoff minimums for an airport become standard
and no restrictions, special provisions, or
departure procedures are required, the Form
8260-15 shall be canceled. To cancel:

Page 8-33


8260.19C

required; e.g., a facility Mag Var rotation. Due to
the heavy workload associated with the 56-day
airspace charting dates, NFDC will normally
schedule routine procedures amendments for
charting dates which do not coincide with the
56-day cycle. When an effective date is required
which is earlier than can be routinely assigned
by NFDC, contact AVN-220 to determine the
appropriate course of action to expedite
publication.

(1) Original Procedures. The effective
date of original procedures shall be in accordance
with Order 8260.26; except that the 28-day
change notice will not be published for Alaskan
procedures.

(2) Emergency Action (NOTAM)
Revisions. The effective date of a procedure
which is revised by a FDC FI/P NOTAM is the
date of the NOTAM issuance. Revision of the
appropriate 8260 form will be prepared and
processed by NFDC. A copy of the P/NOTAM
shall be considered a permanent part of the
history of the procedure.

(8) Routine Amendments. Routine
amendments to SIAPs are made effective based
on the time NFDC requires to process and
distribute the SIAP, plus the time required for
charting and distribution to subscribers.
Normally this time period is 9 weeks after receipt
of the SIAP in NFDC. Procedures which contain
an en route fix name change or re-identification
shall be made effective on the 56-day cycle
charting date, to coincide with the publication of
en route charts. Amendments to procedures
pending flight inspection shall be held at the
FIAO until the flight inspection is complete; then
forwarded as "routine".

g. Sup./Amdt./Dated.

(1) Sup: Enter the identification of the
superseded procedure if the name has changed.

(2) Amdt: If SIAP is original, enter None;
otherwise, enter Original or amendment number
as appropriate.

(8) Dated: If SIAP is original, leave

blank; otherwise, enter previous amendment
date.

Page 8-28

818-830.

RESERVED.

9/16/93

Chap 8
Par 817f


9/16/93
MALS Rwy 30."

(b) In many instances, reference to a
particular component or visual aid is not
necessary as no portion of the inoperative table is
applicable. Use standard Note: "Inoperative
Table does not apply."

(c) When the inoperative table applies
only to a few cases, use standard Note:
"Inoperative table does not apply to CAT D";
or, "Inoperative table does not apply to
S-LOC-31 CATs A and B."

(d) The inoperative table, in certain
circumstances, does not provide a sufficient
increase to minimums. When this situation
occurs, use standard Note: "For inoperative
ALSF, increase S-7 CAT D visibility to 1 3/4",
or, "For inoperative ALSF, increase S-LOC-7
CAT D visibility to RVR 5000, and CAT E to
RVR 6000."

(e) Where two sets of minimums are
published, specify the applicable minimums
affected. For example, on a VOR approach with
DME minimums published as the second set, use
standard Note: "VOR Minimums: Inoperative
Table does not apply to S-30 CATs C and D.
DME Minimums: For inoperative MALSR,
increase S-30 CAT D visibility to 1 1/4 mile."
Where the Note applies equally to both sets of
minimums, do iui specify the minimums.

(f) No MM. The ILS DH may be
adjusted to a HAT above 200’ for reasons which
are not related to the loss of the MM. TERPS
does not require a HAT more than 250’ when the
MM is inoperative. Accordingly, there may be a
situation when the 50’ adjustment required by the
inoperative table is not appropriate. In such an
event, a clarifying Note is necessary. The
following are sample situations and the standard
Notes to use:

1, When the established DH is
already at HAT 250’ or more, no adjustment for
inoperative MM is required. Use standard Note:
"DH not increased for inoperative MM."
Scenarios in which this might take lace are:

- Offset localizer
- Facility performance restriction

Chap 8
Par 813m(3)(a)

8260.19C

- Obstacle clearance penetrations in the final
or missed approach areas.
- A threshold crossing height (TCH) waiver.

2, When the DH is established at
HAT between 200’ and 250’, the adjustment for
inoperative MM varies and the resultant HAT
will not exceed 250’. Scenarios in which this
might take place are:

- DH restriction between HAT 200’ and 250°
due to facility performance.

- HAT between 200’ and 250’ due to obstacle
clearance penetration in the missed
approach area.

- HAT below 250’ due to TCH waiver.

[Example Condition: Established DH 1220,
HAT 220] Use standard Note: "DH
increased to 1250 for inoperative MM."

3. When the HAT is at least 250’,
and MM is not installed, a Note is NOT
appropriate.

(4) Weather Reporting/Altimeter
Setting.

(a) In accordance with TERPS
paragraph 122d, an altimeter setting (local or
remote) is required to authorize landing
minimums. Terminal weather observation and
reporting facilities (in addition to remote facility
status monitoring) must be available for the
airport to serve as an alternate airport. Some
airports do not have any weather reporting while
others provide this service on a part-time basis.
Anumber of airports have the capability to report
altimeter settings only on a full-time or part-time
basis. Some operators provide approved weather
reporting services, full-time or part-time, to their
own company aircraft or on a contract basis to
others. Evaluate these factors to determine the
type of notation that may be required to support
landing and/or alternate minimums.

NOTE: The phrase “except for
operators with approved weather
reporting service" is used only when
such service is available.

(b) When a remote altimeter setting

source is available on a 24-hr. basis, use of a
remote altimeter setting on a part-time basis

Page 8-17


9/16/93

8260.19C

Appendix 9

(payesauai sayndwios) §- Q9z7B_WIO4 WW4

Dv @ LOWY ‘22 AM AWO/HOA BWO/HOA OXW WNOID3aY SSaudXa HO ‘NOLONIW:

NoIDay | :ON LNSWON3WY ONY auNaIOOUd Auniova tor NOLLWAaTA ¥ LHOdHIV BLVLS QNV ALIO
core (av) evoz ouzeie (cy00-9c) UML Cd oo8z (av) zost rect (rezo-sc) umi [| oei-n60
o08z (92) eost evz/coe {oz00-9c) UML ocz-084 cost (av) sovt rere (va0c-9c) UML 060-006
vsw Asw)Nowvaatal 1sia/oua | Nowonussao, HOLOaS vsw NOWVAaIa asia/oua | Nowonuisao YOLOaS

BWO/HOA OXW_“OIVAVN AuWWiid SSQNLILW 34VS WAWININ “S
oss WNS'? A_AYO931LV9
Ove / oval colve / WH (wi) tzer ‘t 200/695 BL oss_| a __WNe? Q AMODALVD
‘002! / o@st ootve / fyi) ezzt ‘or 629 / 60S Pl ose |C] owNe) 2 AvODALVO
0021 / o@st solves (vi) ezzt ‘or 829/605 Zl osy [al wise @ ANODBLVS
(oz /oest ootwel/ Wilezer | cvevewzvezer Geve-o0) umi_‘o1 620 / 605 ose [9] wes V_AHODSLVO
“Lduv Aav 1H Bonvisia | vauv ONIOUID ¥
tors [:A373
HOVOHddV¥
aassin t
osv BWQ/HOA OXIN OC" t/PbO-H | ‘dV
oosz/scez oosisy Belt 7 NUNL AYNGIOOWd
oorzoetz CO zcoscw/eoocac (izev-oc) UML “6 WNot| awa 10°9/31uNy
oes rsst 601 va ___
9601 assrce/evecec NIVHUAL "8
‘Cov i/svet sz (oz) seit tosvea/ovazec | SaauL 00t Z BWGoC'vro-u | awa 10';9/FTUNY WN
‘000z/6664 (0001 Sv ca ‘Bozvew/rcocsc NIVHUAL “9 :
oose/ezet (002199 ‘0S v cos (areze| —_sozveeiecoree (esrve) para “s| awa towaiun| ana Cott rO-w 3LVIGaWUaLNI
oosz/ecez 0051SV eett © Gaon _
ooezLece ooo | (vi) cece ‘Speccw/eoerec (ssve-oc) UML “v ‘ING 001 t/yP0- ANI LEH (ga) Wut
‘oosz/ecez cos Sv ectt Zeipeaerezec NivuuaL “© _ _
ocr zee coor | (yi) tzer ‘t} ana toaTAN AWG/HOA OXW 430334
‘oosz/acez oosisv, ecit | coosca/cozesc nivuual “=
oocz/izez 0001 (vi) wen Zoosce/rozzec (svez-oc) UAL * SWQ/HOA OXW ANIVNNGH waaaad
Lwin | Sinawisnray Ww dou | Isw'aa7a | saivniauooo NOWONLSEO OL woud ~INAW93S ddv 1
Vid NOWONYLSEO _V~ Luvd
QuYO93Y ViVd S3YNdADOUd HOVOUddV LNSWNYLSN! GHYVONVLS

Figure A9-1

Page 2


9/16/93 8260.19C

Appendix 4
RADIO FIX AND HOLDING DATA RECORD
AIRSPACE DOCKET Fix ISTATE
INAME
OME OX [VHF
ROMEN LOM VHFAF Le cA
T TYPE OF ACTION ESTABLISH CANCEL
1. RADIO FIX i {check one) 1X [MODIFY ‘NO CHANGE
_FACIUTY TYPE [ FACILITY 1 FACILITY 2 FACILITY 3
NAME ROMEN (OS) LOS ANGELES (BQ) ‘SEAL BEACH (SL)
TYPE / CLASS / CATEGORY tom-1 LOC/DME-1 L-VORTAC-1
RADIAL / COURSE / BEARING. : E CRS (083.00) 209.35 (313.35)
OME DISTANCE (from) ate >
MRAMAA “ATS WATS* vIN7S
B. DISTANCE FROM FACILITY: 16 LEAST DIVERGENCE ANGLE: 50
HF
©. AIRVGROUND wiTH SATISFACTORY Ie sar-\*"
COMMUNICATIONS LAX APCH, TOWER, HHA FSS on X [URF 1700 MSL.
FACILITY, TYPE/CLASS | RADIAL CRS DME T MRAMAA CHECKED BY DATE
D. MRA OF OTHER
FACILITIES AT
THIS FIX
E, AUTHORIZED USE OF THIS FIX
AIRSPACE COMPULSORY|ON REQUEST| HOLDING [ALT. CHANGE| ARRIVAL | DEPARTURE | FLAG REGD
LOW x | x x
HIGH !
FLAG NOTE:
F._RADIO FIX 1S (Check one) X [APPROVED DISAPPROVED RESTRICTED
2 HOLDING TYPE OF ACTION ESTABLISH CANCEL
(Check one) X [MODIFY NO CHANGE
‘A_HOLDING REQUIRED
PAT. | DIRECTION | IDENT TYPE RAD/CRS/BRG | CAS INBOUND | TURN (LorR) | TIME / DME OUTBOUND
1 E i IHBQ Loc WCRS 2 i L 11s
2 E L__Foss toc. WoRS 209 Hi t Tis
3 it t i
B. HOLDING ALTITUDES
PATTERN [_AUL_AIRCRAFT 170- 175K 200-230K 265K 310K
1 22140 22140 \
2 zane 22n40
3
C. REASON FOR NONSTANDARD HOLDING: TO AVOID PARALLEL RUNWAYS.
D. HOLDING IS (Check one} [__TAPPROVED |_| DISAPPROVED [TX | RESTRICTED
3. REMARKS: FACILITY 4
NAME LOS ANGELES (|-OSS)
FIX USE: CHART CHART TE CLASS LOCDME-T
LOS ANGELES INTL FACILMES HOLDING RADIALICRS E CRS (083.00)
DME DIST. 3.09
ILS RWY 24L 32,3 PATI
ILS RWY 248 134 PAT2 MRAIMAA | Y7A75*
MUTHA TWO STAR 12,34
HOLDING LIMITED TO ESTABLISHED PATTERNS.
+ ESV'S: HOB & I-OSS TO 85 NM TO 2000, 4/13/89,
FIX COLLOCATED WITH ROMEN LOM.
LATRONG: 335753.61/1191637.41
FAA Form 8260 - 2 (computer generated) |

Figure Ad-5

Page 7


9/16/93 8260.19C
CHAPTER 9. FORMS AND FORM USE
SECTION 1. PROCEDURES FORM PROCESSING

900. INTRODUCTION. 901. FiXo ACTION.

This section provides a centralized source of a. Forms Routing. The following figure
guidance for Flight Standards personnel provides easy routing reference for FIAO forms
responsible for processing flight procedures forms. processing. Specific directive references are

included for further guidance.

b. Frankfurt IFIO shall process Army forms
as required by the U.S. Army Aeronautical
Services Detachment, Europe (USAASDE).

‘ATA, ALPA,
Apa, AoPA, | FIO
Regional NaAA, and) | Work
FAA Forn ‘ATH-600 avi-220 | FRB artce | arcT Fsbo. File
7 T 274, 903
#260-2 FIAO or Regional FPB originates. send to appropriate office for endorse-
(except Army) | ment; thence thru AVN-200 to AFS-400.
‘All offices make their own copies. Completed Orig returns to FIAO.
6260-1 onal FPB, or AFS-400 cancels, giving date and reason. Send 277, 903
(cancelation) ‘same offices receiving approved waiver. :
0260-2 orig 6 27 1 7 i Ta Toa T * ry 904 - 907
(except Army) * For Special procedures, Regional FFB distributes to users.
9260-3/4/5/15 | orig « 2 7 T ry T T Fy 340
4260-10 (Con-
tinuation)
260-10 (DF) T T ry Y [ito oF Orig | 432
control
facility
260-7 Fy Orig T 333
Orig to Regional FS Division. After approving, FPB distrib
rT 1 a 1 a 1
appropriate
260-5 1 1 orig | 909
260-16 orig + 2 r 1 1 * ry 910
To ATP-230: 1 copy if associated with an airspace act
* For Off-Airway routes, Regicna} FPB distributes to
ATA, ALPA,
apa, nop, | FIA0 | Ref. (8260.29)
Regional NBA, and’ | work | para. unless
FAA Forr ATH-600 AvN-220 FEB antec | ATCT F800. File | noted.)
ARHY:
9260-1/2/9/ 1 1 a | ez6o.asc
33/12/13/ ALL except -9: Orig to USAASA and 1 copy to the DARR. paras 1lb
20/21 8260-9: 1 copy to USAASA and 1 copy to DARR. le.
USAF:
8260-11/12/ 1 1 1 | 6260.32
13/20 FIAO obtains local Conmander’s endorsement, then sends para 9f.
Orig & 3 to the Major Command TERPS Office (HAJCOM/SCF).
6260-2 Tnelude 4 copies of -2 for each USAF fix.
8260-9 Tnciude 3 copies of -9 for each SIAP.
7100-1/2/3/4 ry 461
(s10/staR) | FIAO returns signed forms to ARTCC (or as preferred by Regional FPB)
For publication:
Substitute 2 ry ry 1 orig} 314
Routes ——
Won-publication: T T
6050-4 (ESV) | Multiple form. Routing is specified on each pi 1 copy to AVN-240. 902

Figure 9-1

Chap 9
Par 900 Page 9-1


8260.19C CHG 2

Examples: “Climb to 5000 via 080 course to
SANDY WP and hold;” or “Climbing left turn to
5,000 direct CHERL WP and hold.”

f. Missed Approach Holding. When holding is
specified as part of the missed approach instructions,
include holding details under Additional Flight
Data. Holding is not specified when missed
approach is to the FAF or IF used in holding in lieu
of PT. Holding is not specified when the missed
approach is to an en route fix at an altitude sufficient
to permit holding and en route flight. In the latter
case, ensure that holding on the missed approach
course that leads to the fix is satisfactory.

g. Alternate Missed Approach. Alternate
missed approach may be established when required
by ATC. Alternate missed approach procedures
shall not be charted. When authorized, they shall be
preceded by the words: “...or when directed by
ATC.” If holding is authorized on the alternate
missed approach. include holding details immed-
iately following the alternate missed approach
instructions. Alternate missed approaches should be
discouraged in a radar environment. When
temporary NAVAID outages (planned or unplanned)
prohibit the use of the primary missed approach for a
procedure, AVN-100 has the responsibility to ensure
an IFR missed approach procedure is published,
either on the chart or by NOTAM in the event of lost
communications. This does not preclude Air Traffic
from issuing alternate climb out instructions.

816. ADDITIONAL FLIGHT DATA.

When additional information or data is essential to
clarify the charting of a procedure or when the
procedures specialist wants information charted, but
does not want it to appear on the chart as a note, the
necessary information/data shall be entered in the
Additional Flight Data section. Specific instructions
to chart data shall be held to a minimum. (See also
paragraphs 805b and 815f.)

a. If sufficient space is not available on the
form for all necessary data, it may be continued in
the NOTES section or on Form 8260-10. When
necessary to use Form 8260-10, state: “Continued
on page 2.”

b. Visual aids and runway information once
printed on the approach chart may be omitted from
the additional flight data section on future
amendments. Other items such as holding

Page 8-24

12/29/99

information, restricted area data, final approach
course alignment, etc. shall be retained when
amending a procedure.

¢. Holding. When primary missed approach in-
structions provide for holding, enter Additional
Flight Data as follows: “Hold SE, RT, 313.08
inbound.”

d. The nonprecision controlling obstacle in the
primary and/or secondary area of the FAS shall be
shown as the FAS Obstacle. In the event a stepdown
fix is used in the final approach segment, the
controlling obstacle between the stepdown fix and
the runway shall be shown as the FAS obstacle.
Designate the obstacle location to the nearest second.
Use standard Note: “FAS Obst: 317 .Tower
364227/891523.”

e. To identify certain significant obstacles in
or near the instrument approach area, include
locations and heights under additional flight data.
If, in the opinion of the procedures specialist, these
obstacles could be critical to flight safety, they
should be prefaced by the word “Chart.” However,
if the data is being furnished only as information, it
shall NOT be prefaced by the word “Chart.”
Charting agencies will chart any item marked
“Chart.” Any item listed without indicating
“CHART” will be reviewed by the charting agencies
and will be charted if it meets their charting
specifications. Use standard Note: “Chart 2674
Antenna 372219/941657” or “2674 Antenna
372219/941657.”

f. Obstacles close to a final approach or step-
down fix considered under TERPS paragraph 289.
shall be handled as follows:

(1) When paragraph 289 is applied to
multiple obstacles, document only the highest
obstacle in the 7:1 area.

(2) List the obstacle under Additional
Flight Data as “374 Antenna 352416/881253.” It
shall NOT be identified as a “paragraph 289
obstacle.” The following entry shall also be made in
the Remarks section of Form 8260-9: “TERPS
paragraph 289 applied to 374 antenna 352416/
881253.”

NOTE: Do NOT document takeoff obstacles on
Form 8260-9 or in Additional Flight Data.

Chap 8
Par 815e


8260.19C

9/16/93

; |@

US Department of komponaton
Federal tation Adminstration

FLIGHT PROCEDURES STANDARDS WAIVER

Reports Idenitication Symbol FS 62207

Date

4/8/77

7. Fight Procedure Identiication

Schellville, CA, Sonoma Valley, LOC/DME RWY 20

TERPS paragraph 288c:

Z Wawer Required And Appicabie Standard

“One stepdown fix is authorized in the intermediate segment

This procedure requires the use of three stepdown fixes in the intermediate segment.

To retain the present
fix would require a 340 foot
increased to 1 1/4 CAT A,

‘3 Reason For Waiver (Justiicalion for nonstandard Ireatmenty

Use of multiple stepdown fixes was not

straight-in approach HAT 657.
increase in NDA and permit
1 1/2 CAT B,

Limitation to one intermediate stepdown

circling only, with visibility
and 3 miles CAT C and D.

subject to waiver before publication of FAAH 8260. 3B.

2. Descent gradient
300" /nm.

“& Equivalent Level of Salety Provided

1. Fixes are limited 10 DME with resulting low cockpit workload.
in the intermediate segment is nearly constant, varying from 285.7 10

This contributes 10 safety by encouraging establishment of a stabilized descent
through the intermediate segment.

3. Obstacle clearance exceeds requirements in all segments.

5, How Relocation Or Additional Faciiies Will Aflect Waiver Requirement

These fixes are mandated by terrain in the intermediate segment.

& Coordination Wilh User Organizations (Specily)

ATA, ALPA, AOPA, NBAA, SAC FSDO.

7. SUBMITTED BY

Page 9-6

‘Office Identiicatvon Tale Signature —
STS FIFO Manager D. T. Hatch
FAA Form 8260-1 (6-85) Superssoes Pemous Edson
Figure 9-3
Chap 9

Par 9031


8260.19C
Appendix 7

9/16/93

$39Vd 40 3Ovd (payesauaB seindwo>) g - 0978 WHOA VW
SAVING Alva 4 LOWY 'S AMY AVN 3NG/HOA a ‘WNOID3Y ALNNOD Nevo Uv ‘NI@V9 NIVINNOW
Wwuinwo —_Lawv/
"WBLJLLNBQL "BWVN LuOduty|
SAMUAVNY  dNS! sativa 3AL03443 / ON LOWV/‘ON 3uNGaD0ud ALiOvs | 8z6 ‘BzaL_— eee INOILWAST3] BLVLS ONV ALIO
“ONILLRS H3L3WILTV NOSIVH 3S/ '03AI3934 LON N3HM !4V1L9 NO ONILLIS HALIWILTW W207 NIVLGO
‘SALON
VN zee wet oust ze J Orsi zo Ovst ‘ONITOBID|
VN ze Cm ozwt | za ' ozwt zy t ozvt __ ss]
SWOWINIW DNILL3S U3LAWIL TV NOSTUUVH
vw zor [| wie | oem | zee 1 cor | ae | ot ov! SNNDUID
ww ast t oot | esc 1 oot | ese ' ovzt ss
Waive] SIA vow [wwHitvH] SIA VOW | WH/LWH] SIA vow _|wH/ivi| sia vow | wHlivH | SIA vow
2 a 2 a v <eseee AYODBLVS
LX[_vn aivnuarv 1uOdulv SIHL WO4 St-09ze WHOS Ww4 33S [| auvaNnvis] | :a30anvL
SWAWININ
06 (WVaA HOOda Be UWA OVW

alt dM NVdvr WOU VSN '@

00'S QIHL

Oort dM NVdvr WOU GLY 00's ‘00Oc dM SNNVH LV NIN?

= __d¥W OL 441510.

dM Nvdvr NOUS OLY 00'S 4¥4

treo Ovi

“(av 1d 4O 307 NIL 000C ‘ONNOGNE Zt"Zp0 ‘LY ‘dM SNNVH MS OTOH “2

dw

40 S37 NIHLIM 13 ONnoBiNo BSUNOD JO3QIS WN td 't
“082 SWG/YOA d14 NOLLVART3 ALMDV3 3DN3U3430
Lvezceza/co'Lve19C GLY 00'S :fv4
Grezze/SOIZVE ABUL PIOL :LSAO SVS
“ONNOGN Zt'222 “LY ‘aN ION
VLVO_LHONS WNOLWIGGY
ove oo'p/z1"200 4M NVdvr NOU GLY 00's dM SNNVH
‘CON ONY dM SQQ3H 01 £¥0 ISUNOD VIA O00€ O1 ANID
ated —— coor 1e'si/oo'e6o dM SNNVH (av) dm 9938
dmNvave‘dvw [Banu | _3ONVISIa GNV aSuNOD OL al woud

HOvOuddy Gassin

S3iNOu “TWNINUAL

"HAL 199) Ul 20 Soy OURS UL OW YOR SogNAISIA Wdaaxe “poywoppU esyaogo
‘SsqjUN Sojqus feopNeU Uy O78 SEQUELS "UONEAD!S Yodye BAOGE 199} UW! o7@ SBUIIED “POrEOPUY

‘@suaigO StaIUN SOpMIRyS WuNUYURL a3 SOPNUMY “Wey PUP HOL “WH “LVH 1490x9 “ISH
"oq; uy om Sepnigie pus sucjEra(y “ogoubew oe Syeipe! PUR ‘sesinco ‘shulpeay ‘sBuueog

SC “46 LuVd UV4 * SOIAUS SQYVONVIS LHOM
BYNAADOUd HOVOUddY LNAWNYLSNI GYVONVLS

NOLLVHLSININGY NOLLVIAV 1VH3Q34 - NOLLWLUOdSNVUL 4O LNAWLVd3d ‘Sn

AVNH 3NQ/HOA

Figure A7-8

Page 9


9/16/93

8260.19C

7

Appen

sa0vd 30 29d (payesauaB saindwoo) g - 09z8 WHOS V4

S2 AVN'S aLva Ch LOWY ‘20! AMY 98 907 avi “UNI GNV13SOu wo ‘aNv13Sou

au LOWV]
"USI4LLNGOI TAWVN LHOduIV}
dfs] 'avO _3AU03433 /'ON LOWV/ ON 3YNA3D0ud Auiovs | st azar SNOUWWAS13 BLVLS ONV ALIO
‘aauinoay HvavE
‘O'a'V S1V9 O1 Alddv LON S300 31GV1 JALLWHadONI :S3LON
wor c 0901 vse 7 eo wie z Ove pte ' Ove 1 ze SONMOHID
ost A oot ssc L ee. ss ‘ oat ssc 1 oat ssc t ogc. 1 07S
WuitvH| SIA von |wHivH] sia von |wwi/ivH] SIA VOW | VWH/LvH| SIA vow [wHiavi| sia vaw
3 a EY a v <==2== AYODBLVO
Toor aiva cooaivo® Oawuvonvis| | WN ‘ALVNUaLIV ‘THOduIV SIM HOd $1-0928 WHOS W4 33S |X| auvaNWIS| | :4303yvL
SWAWINIA

0a HVA HO0d3 B02 VA OVW (00¥E O1C-0Z1 ‘0019 OZ1-01C OVHOA DLA ‘WOU VSW'e
(G0S1 V1UOd ‘0ooc 33A31 ‘000r WOXNA Lv ‘NIN 'Y
00'y QTHL ize _dyw OL Jv 1810 Vid JVs 90'800 OVC
"WOXNa LV SLUVIS 3N40Ud “2
avi 40 S300 NIHLIM 1 ‘aNnoaLNo: BSUNOD JO ROIS WN td ‘t

“S31 S't BHL OL dOA JONVISIO
“BNO CL LV dOA LEVHD
iseczzeyzesy 3OOING 86Z “LUYVHD
SCLETTVOPSESY FIWL O21 *1SGO SV4

tviva LHON4 WNOLIGOV

"OVLHOA
‘DEN OL OF0-H DAN VIA 000r OL NUNL LHDIL ONIGNTID cost (avi) 18°s/20"660 BW 69°C dVIVINt VLHOd 3337
NBHL 006 Of @WITD ‘DLV AB 0319310 N3HM “HO tOVLUOA
2.18 OL 091-¥ D1 VIA 000% O1 NUNL 1437 ONIGWIID
‘ooo (avi) 18°z/a0°860 BING 05'6 dVIVINt 33A31 1ez avevavavnniang
NG 8¥°0 dvi Lv HO ViHOd H3Lav SIM Iz'c ‘dv | ONL BONVLSIG ONY _3SHNOD OL WOus
HOVOUddY G3SSIN Sainow “WNIWHaL
HAL 109) U1 0 Sop apni UI OA pao ‘Saqquqsn Wleoxe ‘poywoipuy oswsatpo SZ “26 LHVd HV4 * BOIAU3S SQUVONVLS LHONS
SS9[UN sou FeOQNeL UI O1@ SaOUBISI] ~UONEAR|s HodHE anode joa) Ul om St
romusiyo seojen sopragfe untujanl Om sOPmIY "Yi PUP “HOL 'YWH "L¥H 2O%e "SH BYNGAOOUd HOVOUdd LNAWNULSNI GHVONVLS 2@/901

“yo0) uf 078 sopninie pue suojereg “SnouBowi o%@ S[eipe1 pue ‘sesinco ‘sbupeoy ‘sbumeR

NOILVHLSININGY NOILVIAY WWHAG34 - NOLLVLUOdSNVUL JO LNAWLUVd30 'S'N

Figure A7-1

Page 2


12/29/99

g. Installed visual aids must be correctly
shown on the aerodrome sketch.

(1) On initial procedures for a new IFR
airport, enter all approved lighting aids at the
airport which could assist the pilot conducting the
approach, such as runway lights, approach lights,
VASI, REIL, etc.: “HIRL RWY 18-36, MIRL
RWY 3-21, VASI RWY 36, REIL RWY 21.” Do
NOT identify unlighted runways.

(2) If the present AL chart has
incomplete or incorrect aerodrome data, or new
facilities are added which are the reason for the
amendment, use standard Note: “Chart HIRL
RWY 9-27 vice MIRL;” VASI RWY's 24, 35;”
“Chart MALSR RWY 18. vice MALSF.” If
facilities affecting the SIAP are removed. use
standard Note: “Delete MALSR RWY 36.”

h. Specify final approach course alignment
if OTHER than the following:

(1) For straight-in approaches, runway
centerline at threshold, as follows:

“FAC crosses RWY C/L extended 3180 from
THLD;” or FAC 450L of RWY C/L
extended 3000 from THLD.” (Left or right as
used in the latter case is as viewed by the pilot.)

(2) For circling approaches, to the
on-airport facility, or to the Airport Reference Point
if the facility is off-airport, as follows:

“FAC crosses intersection of RWY's 9-27
and 18-36.”

i. When a flight check radial is used for the
final approach course instead of the plotted radial,
use the following Note: “FAC is a flight check
value.” See also paragraph 811c(1)(c).

j. When a procedure maneuvering area
encompasses a Warning, Restricted, or Prohibited
Area, use the following Note: “Chart R-2567.”

k When simultaneous approaches are
authorized. each approach shall include a note
requiring the depiction of the adjacent localizer. Use
standard Note: “Depict LOC RWY 27R.”

lL RNAV Glide Slope.

Chap 8
Par 816g

8260.19C CHG 2

(1) When an RNAV procedure requires
specific data to use glide slope equipment, use
standard Notes:

“Glide slope computer setting 3.08°.”
“Horizontal distance MDA to MAP on

GS 2.71°.”

“Reference facility elevation XYZ VORTAC
1160.” (VOR/DME RNAV only).

“RWI6L Elevation 774.03” (When MAP is at
threshold, use threshold elevation + TCH.)
“NIXON WP Elevation 845.03.” (When MAP
is prior to threshold, use computed MSL
altitude of the desired descent angle at the
MAP.)

(2) For VOR/DME RNAV, if the
constraints specified in TERPS paragraph 1523f
exist, publish ONLY the reference facility elevation
data.

m. RESERVED.

n. Magnetic Variation. Except as provided
in paragraph 804, enter the magnetic variation value
upon which the procedure design and documentation
is based. Ensure that it is the variation upon which
the final approach radial, bearing. or course are
predicated.

(1) For. non-RNAV SIAP’s, enter the
officially assigned variation value of the facility
providing final approach course guidance.

(2) For VOR/DME RNAV SIAP’s, enter
the officially assigned variation value of the
reference facility.

(3) For non-VOR/DME RNAV SIAP’s
enter the officially assigned variation value of the
airport served by the SIAP. See paragraph 814k.

(4) For Departure Procedures (DP), enter
the officially assigned variation values of the airport
served by the DP.

o. Enter the Epoch Year of the variation
value as designated by AVN-160 (see para: |
graph 221c(1).

p. For COPTER point-in-space SIAP’s
serving more than one landing area. list available
landing areas, landing area elevations, the course in
hundredths of a degree, and distance from the MAP
in hundredths of a mile as follows:

Page 8-25


9/16/93

8260.19C
Appendix 7

$30Vd 40 BOvd (payes0ua6 soyndwios) g - 9978 WHOA VW4
ead aNd 2 LOM ‘@ AMY AVNY 3NG/HOA eat AWNOLLWNUZLNI YONOOT x1 ‘yONBOO7
t any]
—_——————— “YBISLLNaGI TBIYN LHOduIV]
SAMBAVNY MS] alo 3AUDRIS3 /'ON LOWY/ "ON 3HNGIOOUd Aunova | ssze faz eee :NOWLWASTA BLVLS ONV ALIO

“Q3UINDAY UVQVH ‘SALON

oss z ovec sy mee Ovle oy 3 Orie oy ' zie ‘ONITIUID:
wee wet ovec vec t over vec iy over vec y over es

WHitvH| Si von [vwuHsvH| sia won |vvH/ivH] SIA vow |vwH/iwel SIA vow |wHivy| sia van
FY a 2 a v <#=25= AHODSLVO
quvonvis[ [| vN ‘ALvNUaLIV TWOduly SIHL WOd St-09ze WHOS Wws 33S | Guvanvis] x | :445034vL

SWOWININ
‘SL HVBA HOOda att BVA OVA (0025 dM LVOAV_:WOUS VSN @
(COC dM LVOAV HOU QLV 00°C ‘0OLy dM SdVIS LIV 'NIN'Y
oocawi  - _—dWWOL 4V41SIO aM LVDAV WOHA GLY OO v4 COAL OVA‘
9008 A373 dM LVOAV “dM SdV1S LV SLUVLS FUSOUd %
vil 30 S30 NIMLIM Ld annoaino BSUNOD JO RGIS WN td ‘t
“OZCE BWO/HOA GET NOLLVAITA ALIMOV4 JON3UIIIY

“WNIT L SD NO dV OL VOW 3ONVLSIC TVLNOZINOH
21C ONLLLAS HALNGHOD 3d01S JAD

SSESLOVOIZECS HAMOL O/SC :LUVHO
CewICSLOVOSZvECtE ALY OO t3v4
bevlowesscct YAMOL TOULNOD rect :1SG0 Sv4

‘viva 1HON4 TwNOLWIGGV

SOVLHOA G87 OL 193NIG O02¥ O4 NAL 1437 SNIGWIID

cote oo'sit0'6 20 dM LVDAV WOH OLY 00°C (av) dm Sav1S
dM LvoAv ‘dv | BGNLLW BONVLSIO ONY _3SHNOD OL woud
‘SBLNOU WNIWUSL

HOVOUddY GaSsiW
LIAL 193} Uf 20 Soy SIMIRS Uy O20 YOKYA SonINRYSHA 1ISOKO “paleagpy osynlOKO C “26 LuVd UV4 - BOIAHSS SGUVONVLS LHONS
SSOJUN SOM feEOANU LA O1e SEOUEISI) “"VONBAS|s HOd4e Gnoge 199) ut OAT SBURD “PorEo—pUY TT
‘Dovsiowyo ssojun sopmyale Wn Om sOprUNY “YU PUR "HOU, 'YWH “LWH wloaKa "S/ BUNAIIOUd HOVOUddY LNAWNULSNI GHVONVLS — AVN aNG/HOA
"Joo us O18 sopniare pue suoQEAeT] “neuBew om sjeipEs pux ‘sasinco ‘sGupeoy ‘sBuog

NOLLVHLSININGY NOILVIAY 1WH3034 - NOLLVLHOdSNVHL JO LNBWLYVdad ‘s'N

Figure A7-7

Page 8


8260.19C
Appendix 7

9/16/93

s30vd 40 39vd (payesauafi sayndiwos) g - 9978 WHOA V4
cetnr ce 3ivd 2.LaWv '0z AMY HOA Aon “WuaN39 NOLAVG-NOLAVTD HO 'NOLAV1D
° anv}
"WSIIUN3O! "SYN LUOdHIY|
NS} _!aLva _3AUL03343 /'ON LOWV/ ‘ON 3YNG390ud Auniows | 196 ‘Aza. te {NOWLWASA| BLVLS QNV_ALIO
“SWAWINIW XId EVOVY ASNVN HO4 9 LV9 02-5 O1 ATddV LON S30 FEV FAUVHAdONI
“SWNWINIW HOA OL ATddV LON S300 318V1 3AUVHAdONI
“ONILLS H3LAWIL TV NOSH3L1LVd-LHOINM 3SN ‘S3LON
O73 we vet ees wt oost [| ais | ot | oes | sis t avi ONIIOUID|
co wie ove Come ort | _ cov we cm coy we oot | oz-s|
_SWNWININ XId HVGVE ASNVN _ oe a
cor G oooz | vcor c oooz | wor | ast | oooz | cor | wit | coor |  oNriouto
eco c 0007 ‘ecol c o00z ecot wu oooz | econ | wt | oor | eS
wHiivH| SIA vow [WwHsivH[ sia vow |WH/ivH] sia vow |wHitvnl sia vow _|wHitvH| sia van
3 a 2 a v se=s== AYODSLVO
LXL wn saivnwar LUOdUIV SIHL HOA St-09ze WHOS Wa 33S [| auvanvis] | :3403yVvL
SWNWINIW
(08 "VBA HO0d3 ME VA OVW 0016 HOA ADW _-WOUS VSN 8
(0002 HVAVH P ASNUN LIV NIN’
HL dW O1 Jv LSI avd _CO'OIZ OVE
4
vid WOA ADW_4O S3TIW OF NIHLIML4S 0022 GNNOGLNO o'060 BSYNOD JOAAIS Id ‘t
“02 AMY STV LUVHO
“CTL WOU 000¢ G3GNA1X3 VD AMY S3SSOHD Iv4
OFCL¥@/L0GC8C VNNAINY O¥LL :LS80 Sv4
“QNNOANE 0O'S80 ‘17 ‘MS OH
tviva LHONS WNOwLIGGY
ole EVOC/LOTELE HOA ADW OVLHOA Gi
00Lz 6c 71/c0's90 HOA ASW ANI VZZ1W
“Q10H ONV LN
YNN3H O1 BEL-H HOA ADW VIA 000c Of NUNL 1437 ONIBWI1D
——S oot e9'St/Z0'RIE HOA ASW ANI VNN3H
yon ASW avn | Bn] _3ONViSIO GNV asuNOD OL woud
HOVOHddv O3SSIN S31NOY “IWNIWHAL
"HAR 1994 Ut 20 SoqU aIMIS Uy OR YOu SogNIsy KdeKa “payeoypUY OS WUaLHO €% “26 LV HV * SOIAUSS SGUVONVIS LHOMNS |
‘ss9jun Sojuu FeogneU U4 oA S2OUNISIQ “UOWEAEIS HodwE anoqE 199) 1 19 SEU ;perEOHUL
‘esUOYO SSajUN SopNIRrS LUNUIURY OB SOPNINY “Yes PUS HON “YWH ‘LH KdaaK0 TSW. BYNGAIOUd HOVONddV LNAWNYLSNI GHYVONVLS 4OA

"709) Uf O28 SOpnigye pus SUO_EAg!3 “OHoUBeU ow sjeiper pu ‘sas;NCD

“sBupesy ‘sBuuwag

NOILVULSININGY NOLLVIAV 1VH3034 - NOLLVLHOdSNVHL 40 LNSWLYvd30 “SN

Figure A7-12

Page 13


9/16/93 8260.19C
Appendix 11
STMENT
“EDERAL AVIATION Romie nana DEPARTURE PROCEDURES / TAKEOFF MINIMUMS
Bearings, headings, courses and radials are magnetic. Elevations and altitudes are in feet MSL. Attitudes ave minimum altitudes unless otherwise indicated.

Celinge are infect shove airpor elevation, Distances aren nautical miles, ‘except vishilities which ave in stahite miles or in feet RVR.

COORDINATED WITH:
ATA AAT ALPA APA AOPA  -NBAA OTHER (specify)

ibd) OO ied) x & [X] — R) searspo,zix, anprucr.

TAKEOFF MINIMUMS:

RWYs 3, 7, 21, 25, 34 Standard
RWY 16 NA

JFR_ DEPARTURE PROCEDUR!

RWYs 3 and 7 turn left, RWYs 21, 25, 34 turn right, direct PIH VORTAC.
Aircraft departing on PIH VORTAC R-235 CW R-016 climb on course.
All others continue climb on R-235 to 6000, then climbing right turn
direct PIH VORTAC, cross at of above 7300,

TAKEOFF OBSTACLES. DEPARTURE OBSTACLES:

RWYS 3, 7, 21, 25, 34: 9271 TERRAIN 424600/

* Concurrent with Airspace Docket ANM-91-28 |

1120830

ATHOL, 1D HENLEY MUNICIPAL

DEVELOPED BY APPROVED BY
‘SIGNATURE: DATE: 06/30/91 SIGNATURE: DATE: 06/30/91
1M. WRONG FIFO: ANY 1M. WRIGHT FIFO: ANY
CITY AND STATE AIRPORT EFFECTIVE DATE | AMDT. NO.

1

FAA FORM 8260 - 15 (computer generated)

Figure All-2

®U.S. GOVERNMENT PRIN’

© OFFICE:1994-301~719/¥5817

Page 3 (and 4)


‘OR MLD Vass JAC V520 DBS, OR IDA V330 JAC V520 DBS, MUST MAINTAIN 15800 OR

HIGHER UNTIL ESTABLISHED ON CENTERLINE OF V330 OR V!

AIRCRAFT PROCEEDING: BPI V328 JAC V520 DBS, OR BPI V328 JAC V330 IDA, OR BPI

V328 JAC V465 MLD, MUST MAINTAIN 14300 OR HIGHER UNTII
CENTERLINE OF V330, Ve65, OR V520.

LATAONG: 433630.10/1104402.00

9/16/93 8260.19C
Appendix 4
RADIO FIX AND HOLDING DATA RECORD
AIRSPACE DOCKET Fix ISTATE
NAME t
(7 [owe [VHF
JACKSON VOR/DME VHF/LF 7 LE wy
i TYPE OF ACTION ESTABLISH CANCEL
if
1, RADIO FX I (check one) X [MODIFY NO CHANGE
A. FACILITY TYPE | FACILITY 1 FACILITY 2 FACILITY 3
NAME JACKSON (JAC)
‘TYPE / CLASS / CATEGORY L-VOR/OME-1
RADIAL / COURSE / BEARING
DME DISTANCE (from) i 7
MRAMAA { 1250"
B. DISTANCE FROM FACILITY: ILEAST DIVERGENCE ANGLE:
HF
C. AIFYGROUND WITH SATISFACTORY | Tar
COMMUNICATIONS IDA FSS ‘ON UX [var
ZL¢ ARTCC CX TURF 8000 MSL
FACILITY | TYPE/CLASS | RADIAL CRS OME | MRAMAR | CHECKEOSY| DATE
1D. MRA OF OTHER 1DA U-VORDME 067 1130250 SEA FIFO 29775
FACILITIES AT
THIS FIK :
AUTHORIZED USE OF THIS FIX
AIRSPACE TCOMPULSORY|ON REQUEST] HOLDING ALT. CHANGE| ARRIVAL | DEPARTURE | FLAG REOD
Low t x x I x x x
HIGH x “xX x |
FLAG NOTE: MCA V330 13100W, V520 14300W
F. RADIO FIX 1S (Check one} X JAPPROVED: [__ [DISAPPROVED RESTRICTED
TYPE OF ACTION ESTABLISH CANCEL
2. HOLDING
(Check one) MODIFY 7X [NO CHANGE
HOLDING REQUIRED
PAT. | DIRECTION | IDENT TYPE RAD/CAS/ERG | CRS INBOUND | TURN (Lor A) | TIME 7 DME OUTBOUND
a s | JAC VOR/DME 184 004 | R wIV2 f+
2 | i i 7
3 i L i 7
B. HOLDING ALTITUDES
PATTERN 7 ALL AIRCRAFT | 170- 175K 200 - 230K 1 265K 310K
1 i 140250 140 i 145250
2 i
3 i
©. REASON FOR NONSTANDARD HOLDING:
D. HOLDING IS (Check one) [__]APPROVED |__| DISAPPROVED |X | RESTRICTED
3. REMARKS: FIX USE: JACKSON, WY - ILS RWY 18 FACILITY 4
VOR/DME RWY 36 NAME
VOR-A (TYFE/ Class
v328, V330, V465, V520 SRDIAUCRS
# ESV APPROVED 629/85.
HOLDING LIMITED TO ESTABLISHED PATTERN. ow E DIST.
MINIMUM TURNING ALTITUDES: AIRCRAFT PROCEEDING: MLD Vass JAC Vaso IDA, |MRA/MAA

520 W BOUND.
ESTABLISHED
IL ESTABLISHED ON

AIRCRAFT PROCEEDING: BPI V328 JAC Vse5
DNW MUST MAINTAIN 15000 OR HIGHER UNTIL

ON CENTERLINE OF vaes,

FAA Form 8260 - 2 (computer generated)

Figure A4-2

Page 3


9/16/93

8260.19C
Appendix 4
RADIO FIX AND HOLDING DATA RECORD
AIRSPACE DOCKET Fix ISTATE
NAME X lw
DME VAF
JOINR VHF iF A
‘TYPE OF ACTION ESTABUSH CANCEL
1. RADIO FIX (check one) XX [MODIFY NO CHANGE
‘FACILITY TYPE FACILITY 1 FACILITY 2 FACILITY 3
NAME
TYPE / CLASS / CATEGORY
RADIAL / COURSE / BEARING
DME DISTANCE (trom)
MRAMAA
B._DISTANCE FROM FACILITY: LEAST DIVERGENCE ANGLE:
HF
C. AIR/GROUND with SATISFACTORY Pyyyar]
COMMUNICATIONS ZHU ARTCC oN % [WHF 1500 MSL
FACILITY TYPE/CLASS | RADIAL CRS OME | MRAIMAA CHECKED BY DATE
D. MRA OF OTHER
FACILITIES AT
THIS FIX T
—. AUTHORIZED USE OF THIS FIX
‘AIRSPACE COMPULSORY[ON REQUEST| HOLDING [ALT. CHANGE| ARRIVAL | DEPARTURE | FLAG REOD
LOW. x
HIGH I |
FLAG NOTE:
F. RADIO FIX IS (Check one) [ X [APPROVED DISAPPROVED RESTRICTED
TYPE OF ACTION ESTABLISH CANCEL
2. HOLDING
(Check one) % [MODIFY [NO CHANGE
‘A HOLDING REQUIRED
PAT. DIRECTION IDENT TYPE RAD/CRS/BRG | CRS INBOUND T TURN (LorR) | TIME / DME OUTBOUND
1 Ww WP. 267.02 087.02 l A rsa
2 | I t
3 ! t L
B. HOLDING ALTITUDES
PATTERN ‘ALL_AIRCRAFT 170- 175K 200-230K | 265K EICES
1 1570 il
2 {
z {
C. REASON FOR NONSTANDARD HOLDING:
D. HOLDING 1S (Check one) [_TAPPROVED, "[_ [DISAPPROVED TX [RESTRICTED
3, REMARKS: FACILITY 4
N&ME
FIX USE: VENICE, LA - COPTER LORAN RNAV 087 TYPE / CLASS.
RADIALICRS
LORAN-C WAYPOINT SMEDST
HOLDING LIMITED TO ESTABLISHED PATTERN FOR HELICOPTERS ONLY. MRAIMAA |
LATRONG: 291549.48/893333.56
FAA Form 8260 - 2 (computer generated)

Figure Aq-7

Page 9


8260.19C

(c) The following example calculation
illustrates two descent gradients due to a
stepdown fix. If ROC would permit a stepdown
fix altitude BELOW the normal gradient, raise
the minimum altitude at the stepdown fix to
preserve a constant gradient.

[Example Condition: FAF 7.8 miles from
threshold, minimum altitude 9000,
minimum altitude 3 mile fix 7300. TDZE
6172. MDA 6800.]

9000-7300 divided by 4.8 = 354 feet per NM.
0.80 x 354=283.

9000-283 = 8717 at 7 miles = 8720.
8717-354 = 8363 at 6 miles = 8360.
8363-354 = 8009 at 5 miles = 8000.
8009-354 = 76565 at 4 miles = 7660.
7655-364 = 7301 at 3 miles = 7300.
7300-6162 divided by 3 = 376 feet per NM.
7300-376 = 6924 at 2 miles = 6920.

6924-376 = 6548 at 1 mile = NOT USED: Below MDA.
Example FAA Form 8260-4 entry:

“Rwy 17: FAF 7.8 miles from threshold
(at LACKI OM), minimum altitude 9000,
minimum altitude 3 mile fix 7800, final
approach course 168, Recommended
altitude 7 miles 8720, 6 miles 8360, 5
miles 8000, 4 miles 7660, 8 miles 7300, 2
miles 6920." (No underline is currently
possible using the computer generated
8260-series forms.)

(8) When segments prior to the FAF
are required, establish the fixes and minimum
altitudes in a note preceding the Note cited above:
"9.4 miles from threshold, minimum altitude
9000."

(4) Define the final approach course in
the NOTES section when circling is the only
minimum authorized: "FAF 6 miles from
runway intersection, minimum altitude 8000,
final approach course 060 aligned to
intersection of runways 2 and 15."

(6) If radar availability is limited, use

Page 8-30

9/16/93

standard Note: "When control tower closed,
ASR NA." (This is a radar SIAP Note only - not
to be used on other SIAP types.)

(6) Lost communications instructions shall
be entered as follows: "As directed by ATC on
initial contact."

e. Additional Flight Data.

(1) Enter the TDZE in the pre-printed
area for each runway authorized straight-in
minimums.

(2) Indicate the FAS obstacle for each
runway having straight-in minimums or a
circling-only approach.

(8) Enter the GS angle, TCH, and
distance from THR to RPI in feet for PAR
approach procedures.

(4) Enter the facility magnetic
variation and Epoch Year as obtained from
AVN-250.

f. City and State Section. Data shall be the
same as Forms 8260-3/5/7 except as follows:

(1) Facility name. Enter the identifier of
the controlling facility and the type of radar; e.g.,
“COS ASR," "TBN ASR/PAR."

(2) Procedure number. Radar
procedures shall be numbered in sequence; e.g.,
“Radar 1, Radar 2, etc." Runway numbers shall
be shown in the minimums section.

833. FAA FORM 8260-7, SPECIAL
INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE.

a. Requests for Special IAPs. All requests for
special instrument approach procedures are
forwarded to the regional FPB for approval. If
the request is found acceptable, and after
coordination with the other operational divisions,
the FPB shall forward the request to the FIAO for
procedural development. The FPB shall
coordinate the priority for development with the
FIAO.

b. Responsibility. The FPB is responsible for

determining requirements for the development of

Chap 8
Par 832d(2)(c)


9/16/93

7

8260.19C
Appent

$39vd 40 aOvd (paresauab sajnduioo) g - 9978 WHOA WW4
BLvO TWNIDIUO "HO! AMY AVNY NVHOT vee XM “UNI GNVTWHOLS, Yo ‘QNVIWHOLS
‘BNON Lowy
2U31JLLNSOI "BWYN LUOduIV
ans} !alva 3ALO34I3 /ON LOWV/'ON 3uNd300ud Auniows | oz za ;NOULVAST3| BIWLS QNV ALD

“NOLLVIHVA SILANDVW 302 3SN :S3LON

36 € 086 cue we Ce Ce 008 ce q cos | NNTOUID
cea wie 006, ose z Ce ‘007 008 owe cove 006 WOL-S
WH/LWH] SIA vow | WwHiivH] sia von |v ivH] SIA von _|vvi/ivi] sia vow |vviiivi| sia vow
Fl a 2 a v <===== AYODBLVO
‘©0001  1V9 ‘2/t Z-008 Divo ‘z-008 a'vVivoW] | VN “SLVNUSLIV AHOdUIV SIHL HOd $1-0928 WHOS Wd 33S |X| OuVONVIS] | -as0avi
SWNWINIM
08 HVA HOOd3 B02 HVA OW 0095 dM ODNOd 'WOUS WSN '@
0017 dM ODNOd WOU GLY 00° 9 ‘OOCE dé HLLAM LIV ‘NIN '®
OOO OL = dVW Ol sV.1SIG dM OONOd WOU O1V 00'9 V4 00660 Ov4'E
“dM WLM LV SLUVLS B140ud Z
wi) 4O S370 NIHLIM Ld NNOBLNO 3SUNOD 40 RGIS _WN td 't
“09 NOLLVAZ13 dM ODNOd
“WNSD'Z SD NO dViN OL VOW 3ONVLSIO TLNOZIHOH
*S33UD3O 02'C ONILLAS HALNdWOD 3d07S 30ND
OLecreZZ WILY CETSY GLY 009 :4V4
‘Sitezzlsootsy HAMOL SCS :1S80 Sv4
“ONNOGNI 0O'6rt “LY ‘MN COH
iWivO_LHONS TWNOWIGaY
“Q10H ONY dM GNNOUDTTLLVA
O1 8vC ASHNOD VIA O00r OL NUN 1437 ONIGWITD
an occ $s'8/00'660 dM WLLIM (4) dm Odvos
dM ODNOd ‘dv | SONLILW, BONVASIG NV 3SUNOD OL Wows
HovOuddy O3SSIN S31NOM WNIWYAL
‘HAR 199) U1 30 Sop OINVES Uy OMe YOY SoNNGISH daDx9 “parEa;pUY esyMOGO CC “J6 LuVvd Hd - BDIAWAS Suva!
INVLS AHON =| ___
‘Ss9]UN SopUL fEONTEU Us 99 SEOUTISIQ) “OnEAE|D HOdYB enoge 199) UY of SBUNIeD “parE>!pUL
‘SeyMJOYIO SSAIUN SapNIRIE UANUIUIL OF8 SOPNUNTY “YH PUB 'HOL “WH ‘LVH Ideoxe “IS 3YNG3EIOU"d HOVOWddY LNAWNYLSNI QHVONVLS AVNY NVHOT

"eo) UY om Sepninre pus suoHErsTy “DyoUBuL aA! syupy: PUL ‘sesinoo ‘sbuIpeaY ‘sbuLEEg NOLLVHLSININGY NOILVIAV TWH3034 - NOLLVLYOdSNVHL 40 LNAWLYVd30'S'n

Figure a7-9

Page 10


9/16/93

8260.19C

SECTION 5. CERTIFICATION, PROCESSING AND REVIEW

836. GENERAL.

Certification, processing, and review of
instrument approach procedures shall be
accomplished as outlined in this section.

837, CERTIFICATION AND DISTRIBUTION
OF SIAPs.

Certification of instrument approach procedures
shall be accomplished on the reverse side of the
appropriate 8260-series from. Instructions for
completion of the entries are as follows:

a. All Affected Procedures Reviewed. Enter
"X" in the appropriate space.

b. Coordinates of Facilities, When a facility is
referred to on a procedure for the first time, enter
the facility coordinates. The source data for the
coordinates shall be identified; e.g., AF survey,
ALP, OC, Map Study, AVN, NOS, etc. If
sufficient space is not available to list coordinates
of all new facilities, the space under "Changes"
shall be utilized.

ce. Required Effective Date. The effective date
for manually developed or IAPA procedures
should be either "Routine", "Proposed",
"Concurrent", or "Hard".

(1) Routine Dates. If a specific effective
date is not required, enter the word "Routine".

(2) Proposed Dates. Use proposed dates
only when facility commissioning or
decommissioning is involved. This includes SIAP
originals, amendments and cancellations. Refer
to FAA Order 8260.26B for further guidance.
Enter a proposed date as: "P12/08/91".

(8) Concurrent Dates. If the SIAP is
part of a large package and/or publication is to be
concurrent with another event, as when it is
associated with an: airspace case, enter the
concurrent date as "C12/08/91", or the airspace
docket number as: "C91-AGL-29". Use the
following standard Note in the lower part of the
REASONS block: "Effective concurrent with

Chap 8
Par 836

KOKC ILS Rwy 17R Amdt 8", or "Effective
concurrent with Airspace Docket 91-AGL-29."

(4) Hard Dates. Issue hard dates only for
facility rotations. Enter a hard date as
"12/08/91."

(5) Deviations. Deviations from these
guidelines require a Memorandum/letter from the
requesting office; e.g., FPB, regional AT, etc.,
through the FIAO to AVN-220 detailing
justification. See Order 8260.26B, paragraph 8.

d. Coordinated With. Coordinate all original
processing and revisions to instrument approach
procedures with appropriate civil aviation
organizations, the appropriate ATC facilities, and
the airport owner or sponsor. Coordinate with
appropriate FSDO offices according to the type of
operations conducted at the airport. Coordinate
with other interested parties as necessary.
Coordinate procedures with ATA and with ALPA
if the airport is served by scheduled air carriers.
Coordinate with APA (Allied Pilots Association)
for procedures at airports utilized by American
Airlines. This coordination action is required to
provide advance notice to the user organizations
that a change to FAR Part 97 is being initiated.
Users have 20 working days in which to review
the procedures and respond to the indicated
actions during the period that the procedure is
being processed. Any substantive adverse user
comments during this period permits sufficient
time to amend or withdraw the paperwork prior
to publication. See paragraph 908 for further
guidance.

(1) Enter "X" in the appropriate aviation
organization spaces.

(2) Designate additional organizations
or offices if additional coordination is to be
accomplished.

e. Flight Checked By. Enter the name and
signature of the airspace system inspection
pilot who conducted the flight check and the
date. A signature in this block certifies that the
SIAP meets flight inspection requirements. In
the absence of the flight inspection pilot, the

Page 8-35


9/16/93

(1) To assist charting agencies, when
segments are amended or canceled, describe the
changes in this section or elsewhere on the form
as appropriate.

j. FLIGHTINSPECTION DATES. Enter the
date of the original flight inspection, if available.
Use "Pending" for new/relocated facility dockets.
If flight inspection records are not available and
the facilities are inspected by SAFI, enter "SAFI".
Use additional lines to log subsequent flight
inspection, periodic reviews, and amendments.
When the form's available spaces are filled, white-
out the entries on manually completed forms, and
start over. Regenerate electronic forms as
necessary when available spaces are filled,
deleting previously entered dates. Carry forward
any manually entered dates.

k. DISTRIBUTION. The approved FAA Form
8260-16 shall be prepared by the FIAO and
distributed as follows:

ATM-600 Original and 2 cys.

ATP-240 1 copy (if associated with an
airspace action)

FPB 1 copy

ARTCC 1 copy

AVN-220 1 copy

FIAO 1 copy

1, Examples: Figure 9-15 contains a
consolidated group of examples that can be used
when completing FAA Form 8260-16.

m. CANCELLATION. Airways cancellation is
accomplished through the rule making process.
Regions publish a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
(NPRM), and upon publication of the final rule,
NFDC removes the affected airways from Part 95.
Procedure specialists remove or line through, as
appropriate, the FAA Form 8260-16 entries
referenced in the final rule.

911-999. RESERVED.

Chap 9
Par 910i(1)

8260.19C

Page 9-27 (and 9-28)


9/16/93

8260.19C

7

Appen

s39vd 40 39vd (peye1aua6 sendwos) g - 0978 WHOA VW4
atv TWwuoluo ‘v-aNa/aON anu AINNOO stuvd oo 34s13
‘3NON Lawv’
*UBLILNAQI "SVN LHOdUIY|
ans} !aLWO_3AU93443 /‘ON LOWV/ ‘ON 3uNa;D0ud Auntova | - saza1___ sss :NOULWAR13| BIVLS QNV ALIO
“VN 3UNO390ud ‘AAATIDY LON N3HM !4V1L9 NO DNILLIS W3L3WILTV 1907 NIViGO
"92-8 AMY JO S VN DNITDHID °S3LON
VN eve me coro eve wit t 00r9 eve t oro SNITDHID:
WwHiivH| SIA vow |wHiivH| SIA VaW | WvH/ivH[ SIA vow | WH/ivi| SIA von _|wHitwH| sia. vaw
a a Fy a v <==5=5 AHODALVO
LX vn aivnuaniv AHOdUIV SIHL HOS St-09ze WHOS Ws 33S |X| auvoNvis| | :4d03yvL
SWOWININ:
98 :HV3A HOOd3 et WVA OVW 00szt 3WQ/GON GDN {WOus YSW'@
00S2 3WG 00°C ‘OOS6 AUJIY 'O0SO! AWC 00°C! ‘00Ztt AWA 00'L! LIV ‘NIN 'y
OWL = dvWOlavsisia Awsau sv4__ 00%SZ OVS'C
“Ad HOJ GNNOGLNO G3HSMAV1Sa WINN AAOAY HO Coo! NIVINIVW » “z
Gw) » BING 00'°9/AHI3H 40 SII St NIHLIM LJ 00521 GNNOELNO O'%20 3SWNOD 40 30IS Hild't
97's SAMU ISWA “13H 00s8. (220 618 gu) oo's/oo'zsz_ PEELS awa oo'ct
92-8 AMY THIN oosol {220 68 @Du) o0'p/oo'zsz_ ‘awa coer awa oot
w0z¥L01/LP0CEC NIVHUAL 1965 :1S8O S¥4 . . .
“GNNOGNI 00°zSz "17 "A QIOH 0ztt {220 61g aD) Co's/00'esz ‘BW 00'2t €2/00'220 GY
‘vLVO_LHOMd ‘WNOUIGaY
‘O08! Ze'vH/zo'ore €z/00'%L0 BOW (avd ovuOA DTH
oooe ITocreorct Aud3Y DVLYOA U3
‘NUALLVd DNIGTOH ooo} 00'8/00°%20 awa oo'e/Ausau awa/gan aou
Nt 000¢t O1 AWITD BNNILNOD ‘3NQ/EGN BOY LOBwIO NUAL
___ LHI SNIGWITD NBHL “tst Dua GDu VIA BWA OL AWD
Jone o00e ts-zsico'9v0 awa/aan aou OVLYOA IPD,
awaaan gow ‘dv [3anww | SONVISIO ONV 3SuNOD _| OL WOus
HOVOuddY G3ssiW S31N0YU “TWNINHSL
ELAR 193) UF 30 S2jUU ayNIINS UY O7e YOHLYA SoNNGISA 1d3OKO “‘parEDyPUy asyALoy{O 42°26 Lud U4 * BOIANTS SQUVONVIS LHOMS
SSOIUN SaYW RONBU UI OF S2OUKISI "UOYWAS!s POd4E anoqu 199) UY am SBUNIOD “por
seywotpa seen sopraye wus ow sopminny ves Pee OL "yu ives Woore "torn BUNGAOOUd HOVOHddY LNAWNYLSNI GHVGNVLS awa/aan

“1094 U] 018 Sopnigye pu SuOIENEE “snoUBEW O48 SfeIpE! pue ‘SesincD ‘sbuypeay ‘s6ulTe9g

NOLLWHLSININGY NOLLVIAY 1vu3034 - NOLLVIHOdSNVUL 40 LNAWLuvdaG ‘sn

Figure A7-5

Page 6


8260.19C 9/16/93

ra) Reports identitication Symbol FS 6220-7
Date

US Daponimer of sonon FLIGHT PROCEDURES STANDARDS WAIVER

Federal Aviation Administration 6/7/84

T. Fight Procedure Identiication

SMURF VHF/DME FIX, AZ

2 Waiver Required And Apphcable Standard

TERPS paragraph 1761: Minimum divergence angle.
Divergence angle of relocated intersection is 40 degrees. Criteria requires 42 degrees.

3 Reason For Wawer (Justiication lor nonstandard leaiment)

Relocation of SMURF to the intersection of V4 and V293 is part of a package requested by
PIX ARTCC to improve airway structure and allow more efficient use of airspace. SMURF must
be an intersection 1o allow MEA changes for non-DME equipped aircraft.

“& Equivalent Level of Sately Provded

1, Obstacle clearance is not derogated by increased fix error, SMURF is not used below 6000
and there is no terrain as high as 4000 within 13 miles of the fix.

2. Flight check shows both facilities in tolerance.

3. Holding is not authorized.

4. DME is available from both facilities forming ihe fix, improving accuracy for DME
equipped aircraft.

‘5 How Relocation Or Addilonal Faciitves Will Affect Wavver Requirement

A radial of GHQ VOR would meet angle criteria, but would require aircraft on V4 lo use two
off-course facilities.

6 Cooraination With User Organizations (Specily)

PHX ARTCC, AWM-530

7. SUBMITTED BY
‘Ofc Iaeniiicahon Tie Signature

FLG FIFO Manager L. Supremo
FAA Form 8260-1 (685) Suoereces Prenovs oon

Figure 9-5

Chap 9
Page 9-10 Par 9031


9/16/93

“special” IAPs. Normally the special procedure
will be utilized only to provide instrument service
to an air carrier or air taxi operator where an
equivalent service cannot be provided by a public
use approach procedure. Special procedures are
not to be used as a temporary measure pending
designation of controlled airspace for public use
procedures (See paragraph 402). The FPB is also
responsible for the coordination, reproduction, and
distribution of special IAPs.

c. Completing Form 8260-7. Instructions for
completion of forms 8260-3/5/10 are also
applicable to Form 8260-7, except as follows:

(1) If use of a named fix which is not an
en route fix is required for the special procedure,
the fix shall be documented on a Form 8260-2 and
processed in the normal manner. The FPB shall
provide a copy to the user.

(2) IFR Departure Procedure/Takeoff
Minimums, if required, shall be included in the
NOTES section of the Form 8260-7 when no
public SIAP serves the airport. This form will be
incorporated as an amendment to the operations
specifications of the certificate holder. If a public
SIAP exists for the airport, instructions contained
in paragraph 835c(2) apply. Use FAA Form
8260-10 if sufficient space is not available.

d. Approval.

(1) Following quality review, the
Procedures Specialist shall sign the original Form
8260-7 in the upper portion of the space under
"developed by". Pending revision of the form, the
term "recommended by” shall be inserted in the
lower half of this space which shall be signed by
the FIAO Manager. Forward the completed form
to the regional Flight Standards Division for final
approval.

e. Printing and Distribution. The FPB shall
provide for reproduction of the special procedure
and shall provide copies in accordance with the
following recommended distribution. Modify
intra-regional distribution as required:

(1) Principal Operations Inspector for the
air carrier or air taxi operator with additional
copies to the FSDO having jurisdiction over the
airport of concern.

Chap 8
Par 833b

8260.19C

(2) For other operators, copies to the
requesting user through the associated FSDO.

(8) Regional Air Traffic Division.

(4) Air Traffic facility exercising control at
the airport of concern.

(6) ATA and ALPA/APA if intended for air
carrier use.

(6) Courtesy copy to Jeppesen Sanderson,
Inc. and other cartographic agencies that may
request copy service.

(7) ATM-600.

(8) AVN-220.

(9) FIAO.

(10) Airport Manager.

f. Radar Special Procedures. If there is a
requirement for a radar special procedure, use
FAA Form 8260-4 in lieu of Form 8260-7. Delete
reference to Part 97.31 and add the word
"special". Use the reverse side of the Form
8260-7 to document the approval and to provide
for incorporation in the Operations Specifications.

g. Limitations on the Use of Special
Procedures.

(1) The Form 8260-7 is utilized for the
design of special instrument approach charts and
is NOT intended for cockpit use. The
requirement that the procedure be charted is
specified in the heading of the form. Add the
following statement in the NOTES section of the
Form 8260-7 restricting the use of the form:
"Specification only - Not for Cockpit Use."

(2) Where a special procedure requires
certain crew qualifications, training or other
special considerations in order to execute the
approach, the regional FPB shall add the
following statement in the NOTES section of the
Form 8260-7 restricting the use of that procedure
to a particular operator: "For use by ABC
Airlines only." If more than one user is
authorized the same special procedure and there
are no differences in the procedure design, the

Page 8-31


9/16/93 8260.19C
Appendix 3

APPENDIX 3, DIRECTIVE

FEEDBACK INFORMATION
FAA FORM 1320-19

Page 1


9/16/93 8260.19C
Appendix 10

APPENDIX 10. EMERGENCY DF
APPROACH PROCEDURE
FAA FORM 8260-10

Page 1


9/16/93 8260.19C
Appendix 11

APPENDIX 11,

DEP.

Page 1


8260.19C

will normally coincide with the loss of the local
altimeter source; e.g., control tower closed, FSS
closed, local weather office closed, etc. Use
standard Note: "When local altimeter not
received, except for operators with approved
weather reporting service, use Oakland
altimeter setting and increase all MDAs 120
feet, and all visibilities 1/2 mile.". Where
appropriate, define application to DH and/or
MDA, or address when visibility is NOT affected
in all categories, within the standard Note. See
paragraphs 8131(1)(a)1 and 2.

(ce) When an altimeter setting is
provided at uncontrolled airports, use standard
Notes described in paragraph 814e.

(d) When the use of remote altimeter
setting cannot be authorized, use standard
Note: "When Valle altimeter setting not
received, procedure NA."

(e) Include state identifiers if
confusion is possible. Use standard Note: "When
local altimeter not received, use Springfield,
MO altimeter setting and increase all MDAs
80 feet, and all visibilities 1/2 mile." Where
appropriate, define application to DH. and/or
MDA, or address when visibility is NOT affected
in all categories, within the standard Note. See
paragraphs 8131(1)(a)1 and 2.

(f) The adjustment for a remote
altimeter setting source is cumulative; i.e., it is
additional to any inoperative component
adjustment, terminal segment MRA adjustment,
or altitude increase to insure communication
reception.

(g) Round part-time altimeter
adjustment values to the next higher 20’
increment when publishing a Note to increase all
MDAs by a specified amount. For example, if the
adjustment value is 202.35’, specify to increase all
MDAs by 220’.

NOTE: Remember to use the part-time
altimeter adjustment when
determining descent gradient from a
stepdown fix in final.

(5) Circling Conditions and
Restrictions. Circling minimums shall not be

Page 8-18

9/16/93

sectorized to provide more than one circling
minimum for each aircraft category. The higher
minimums required for the complete circling area
shall be established, or circling minimums shall
be denied in the sector requiring higher
minimums. When the higher minimums are
authorized, a Note is not required; however, if
circling is restricted in a portion of the circling
area, use standard Note: "Circling NA E of
RWY 17-35" or "Circling NA NW of RWYs 9
and 18."

(6) WSrestrictions, Publish restrictions
to ILS LOC and GS in the NOTES section. No
Note is required for an unusable LOC back
course, or for a LOC lateral coverage restriction
with no terminal route through the restricted
area,

(a) If the LOC will not provide
adequate course guidance in the area between the
MM and runway threshold, use standard Note:
“ILS unusable from MM inbound."

(b) When the GS will not provide
satisfactory vertical guidance, restrict its use
above or below a specific altitude. Use standard
Note: "GS unusable below/above (altitude)."

(ec) When GS indications can be
received on a LOC back course approach, use
standard Note: "Disregard GS indications."

(d) When the rate of reversal in the
GS exceeds the tolerances of FAA Handbook OA
P 8200.1 (Flight Inspection Manual), section 217,
establish a restriction for autopilot coupled
approach 50 feet above the point where the out-
of-tolerance condition exists. Use standard Note:
"Autopilot coupled approach NA below 540’."

(e) When terrain, obstacles, descent
gradient, etc., do not allow the use of a LOC
procedure associated with the ILS when the GS is
not used, place NA in the visibility column for
each LOC category affected. If, in such an
instance, another procedure should be used
instead, use standard Note: "When GS not
used, use LOC RWY 26 procedure." When
circling is authorized, but the LOC procedure
associated with the ILS is "NA", use standard
Note: "Circling requires descent on GS to
MDA."

Chap 8
Par 813m(4)(b)


9/16/93

Appendix 7

8260.19C

s39vd 40 39Vd (paye19ua6 sainduios) g - 9978 WHOS VV4
mare __34va 9 LOWY ‘Tez AMY 98 3N0/901 1084 ‘WNIWwAL uly SsoB ai‘ssog
, Lowy}
:WAIJLLNGAI | esez Yez ‘AINVN LHOduiy|
ans} :aiva a3AUOaI3 /ON LOWW/‘ON SUNGIO0ud Auniows | vsaz ez :3z01 eset :NOLLVAST3| BLVLS ONV ALIO

“G3HINOIY JW 108 ONY 108-1 40 NOLLd3D3Y SNOANVLINNIS “OVLYOA 108 WOHJ JNO
“G3uINDIY YVOVE

“9 AVD T82-S OL ATddV LON $300 31@V1 3ALLVUIdON!

“W@z-701 AM 4O HLHON WN ONITOUID

“SNOLLVSIGNI SD GUVD3HSIO ‘S3LON

ae £ over 20s 2 oewe | 20 wet | _oece | zov. a se 1 ooce SNITOUID
Eo z ‘oct ow z ooce Eo Ce 4 oct te t__ | coce Yez d3LS30ls
ory wu | ooce co wir | ooce ory oct ory we oct oy wie | coce 792-5
WHitvH| SIA VON |VvH/tvH| SIA van |wHsive| sia Cm von |wHivH] si_| vow
a a 2 a v <=55== AHO9SLVO
6000 31ivo" wauvaNvis| | WN ‘SLvNUaLIV IHOdtIV SIHL HOS St-092e WHOS Ww 33S | x] Guvanwis| | :4303nvL
SWAWININ
$8 VBA HOOdS But HVA OVW (00¥6 OC 1-00C ‘00S9 00-01 JVLUOA IG :WOUS VSN?
009¢ 3G 0S'C ‘006” ANA 00's ‘006s ANA 00't! ‘Coss BN 00'LL Liv NIN’?
oc’s HL > d¥W OL dv4 LsIa BWGOOL Avs  10'eZz Ovs'e
“BWO 00°21 LV SLUVLS 3UJOUd “Z
avi) 30 S31. NIMLIM Lt ‘aNnoaino: SUNOCO JO FAIS _WN 1d ‘t
Zreoos vezzecy NIVHH3L esoc
ZOLOL WOTTCCY NIVHUAL 6COC “SEO SV4
“QNNOGN t0'R60 ‘LUM TIOH
NWLVO_LHOM4 WNOILIGaY
cosy o@-) oo'v/to'azz BWA 00'L BN 00'Lt
006s (0a-D oo'9/10'8zz ‘BING 0O'LE ‘SING 0O"2E
“oH
ONY 3G ZI/INWIF OL 822-1 OVLHOA 104 VIA 005" 01 ANITD
ooas loa) Ie'v/to'eze BNC 00'21 (av) uvavwand 00°22 108
awa ts‘o1oat:dvw | 30niuww| —_3ONVISIO GNY _3suNOD OL Wows
HovOuddy Gassin ‘SaLNOw “TWNINHAL

TAL 199} ut 20 Saji OI UE Fs YOK SoRMAISIA }4BOKO “parEo‘pAy aSpAIaLIO S% “£6 LUVd HW - 3OIAUAS SOHVONVLS LHONA
SS9]UN SOYLL BONNEY U] OA SEOUEISI “UORBAS!O YodYE arog 109} UY Ome SHUYIOD “PayEoINUY
SoMWoNgD stoqun soprage UaRRl ae SOPmMAly "YEH PL “HO "Y¥H ‘LW iE ISN BUNGRIOUd HOVOUddV LNAWNYLSNI GUVONVLS awaoo7

"109} Uj 628 Sepninre pus suoKEAeI “Oneubsw oe Seipel PUB ‘sesinco ‘sBuypwey ‘sbueOR NOLLVHLSININGY NOLLVIAV TvH2034 - NOLLVLHOdSNVHL JO LNaWLuvd3d ‘s'n

Figure A7-3

Page 4


9/16/93

authorized for each aircraft speed category and
for each holding pattern. Authorized altitudes
shall be no lower than the lowest altitude
requested by ATC. When holding accommodates
civil jets, include speed categories 200-230K or
265K, as appropriate; when holding above 14,000
feet, use 265K. See Figure A4-6 and FAA
Handbook 7130.3, Holding Pattern Criteria,
Figure 1. The minimum and maximum holding
altitudes for speed categories should be
consistent, if feasible. When no holding is
specified, leave blank. Enter all holding
altitudes in hundreds of feet; e.g., 8700/45000
shall be entered as 87/450.

1 Multiple use holding. When
documenting holding patterns which are also used
for holding in lieu of PT, the minimum holding
altitude specified shall not be less than that used
in the SIAP, and the controlling obstacle shall
include the applicable accuracy code adjustment.
Where the holding pattern has multiple uses,
enter the highest minimum altitude determined
from all applications as the minimum holding
altitude.

(c) REASON FOR NONSTANDARD
HOLDING. When holding with left turns, state
the reason; eg, Terrain. If standard, leave
blank,

(d) HOLDING IS. Indicate whether
holding is approved, disapproved, or restricted.

1 =Unplanned holding at en route
fixes may be expected on airway or route radials,
bearings, or courses. If the fix is a facility,
unplanned holding could be on any radial or
bearing. Holding approval for en route fixes
indicates approval of unplanned holding.

2 When unplanned holding is not
recommended, holding should be disapproved or
restricted. When planned or unplanned holding
is restricted, add an appropriate note in the
REMARKS section; eg., "Holding limited to
established pattern(s)"; "Unplanned holding
NA 090 CW 220’; "Unplanned holding NA on
R-120 CW 272"; “Unplanned holding
authorized at or above 5000’.”

3 En route fixes which also serve

as missed approach clearance limits shall permit

Chap 9
Par 905e(1)(b)

8260.19C

holding and en route flight. If holding is not
specified, assure that the aircraft can hold on the
missed approach course leading to the fix and
document the controlling obstacle in Block 7.

f. BLOCK 3. REMARKS. The foregoing
instructions recommend several uses for this
section. Additional uses are as follows:

(1) FIX USE. List all airways that use
the fix. List all terminal procedures that use the
fix by city/state, and SIAP ID (include airport
name if necessary). This assists charting
agencies, and helps assure that affected airways
or procedures are not overlooked when the fix is
modified. Explain special fix or holding charting
requirements. See also paragraph 808b.

(2) LATITUDE/LONGITUDE. Enter the
fix or WP latitude and longitude in the lower left
corner of the space, computed using the primary
means of identifying the fix, and accurate to at
least the nearest hundredth of a second; e.g.,
380254.32/1035554.49. En route fixes shall be
calculated using the exact true courses between
facilities making up the airway segment. If the
fix is also used in a terminal procedure, then
terminal priorities shall prevail.

(a) If the fix can be formed in more
than one manner, show the facilities used to
calculate the coordinates given, and record only
one set of coordinates on the form.

(b) A few nonstandard situations exist
in which the same facility serves two closely
spaced parallel ILS localizers or MLS azimuths.
For OM/MM/IM, use actual coordinates if the
facility resides on the loc/az centerline.
Otherwise, establish marker coordinates where
the fix/marker major axis intersects the loc/az
centerline. For LOM/LMM/LIM, use actual
coordinates if the facility resides on the loc/az
centerline or is within one-half the commissioned
width of the loc/az from centerline. Otherwise,
establish fix/marker coordinates where the
marker major axis intersects the loc/az centerline.

(3) REQUIREMENTS FOR
CHARTING. When it is necessary to clarify fix
charting requirements (fix associated with specific
SIAPs, SIDs, STARs, airways), specify which
facilities are to be charted on certain charts; e.g.,

Page 9-15


ix 7

8260.19C

Appen

9/16/93

saovd__ 40 3Ovd (parerauab seinduioo) g - 0978 WHO4 VW
aval TWNIDINO ‘Y8z AMY AVNY NVHOT ves XM JUNI ONVIWuOLS uo ‘ONVWHOLS
‘3NON tawv
“UBLALLNAGL "BIN LHOduIy|
ANS} :31O_3AUL03443 /'ON LONV/ ‘ON 3UNG390ud Autos | Zz Aza, !NOLLWASA| BLVIS QNV_ALIO
“NOILVIMVA DILNDVW 302 aSN
“@ ONY V SLV9 OL Alddv LON S300 37@V2 3AILVHAdONI “S3ILON
i ee z ove [ew [ C7 7)
Lo vet oor | ceo wy oor | co 000s oo, | ceo ‘000s 002 uez-s |
WH /LvH] SIA vow _|wHiivH] sia VOW | WH/LVH| SIA van _|vwHitvH] sia vow _|wvHiivH| SIA vow
a a o a v seF#2= AHODSLVO|
eoooratvo we wauvanvis[ [vn ‘aLvNuaL 1uOduIY SIHL HOd St-09ze NYO Wa 33S [><] GuvaNvis| JOSAVL
SWOWININ
08 HVA HO0da ‘0Z VA OVW. 002s dM dNDVa_‘WOUs VSW'e|
000% dM dNDVA WOH Q1v 00's ‘oosc dM AWVHM LIV ‘NIN 'P
Oo's GIL = dW OL v4 LSIO dM dNOVA WOU GLY 00'S sv4__ 20;6LZ OVI
“4V) te JO M317 NI Lt 00St “ANNOBN! Z0'82Z “11 ‘dM AWVHM_3 GIOH 2
vi) 40 S30 NIHLIM 13 ‘aNnoaino SUNOS 4O_30IS__WN Id “t
“SL NOLLVAZ1a aM anova
OF CwL77Z VSL'LE7CSP OV 00'S “44
soszzzUsiscsy 33uL 908
esctzzVerzesy U3MOL 999 :1SG0 Sv4
“QNNOBNI 00°69! "LU “MN CIOH
ivivO_LHOM WNowWav
“MOH ONY dM GNNOWDTTLLVE i
OL PEE ISUNOD VIA OCOOr OL NUN LHDIY ONIGWITD j
— ms ose I9'ZI/Co"ezt dM AWVHM dm GNNOYDATLLVE
dM dnove ‘dv | GALI BONVLSIG ONY _3SUNOD OL Wous
HOVOuddy GaSsiN, S3iNOu “WNINHaL
HAR 199} ut 20 Say OUNIERS UF 228 Yon SaMIGNSIA Jdadxa ‘parerypuy asyurayio | Cf “246 Led Yd - SOIANAS SOWVONVLS LHONS
SS9]UN SopLU jeoNNwU Uy O48 SEOUETSIQ “YOHEAS!s YOdwe aroge 129) U! O77 SBA “Po|eo—pUT
esyualgo S89]UN SePHIRE LuNWILN Om SOPKUNIY "VE PLA 'HOL 'VVH ‘LVH Wdeoxe “Igy | BYNd390U"d HOVONddV LNAWNYLSNI GYVONVLS AWNY NVHOT

“eo uy

SOpnigye puw suoqenog

meuBeu om syeipws pus ‘sasinoo ‘sGuipway ‘sBuli9q |

NOHLWHLSININGY NOILVIAY IVH3Q34 - NOLLVLUOdSNVUL 4O LNAWLuvd30‘s'N

Figure A7-10

Page 11


8260.19C
906. CANCELLATION.

a, FIXCANCELLATION. Whencancellations
are necessary, it is recommended that a copy of
the existing 8260-2 be stamped CANCELED.
Assure that the canceled stamp includes a
signature, date, and the name of the FIAO taking
action,

b. HOLDING CANCELLATION. When
holding cancellations are necessary, a revision is
required. In Block 2, HOLDING, check the
CANCEL box and in Block 2D, check the
DISAPPROVED box. When more than one
holding pattern is established and you wish to
cancel an individual holding pattern and retain
the other(s), a revision is required. In this case,
check the MODIFY box in Block 2, HOLDING,
and identify the modification in Block 10,
REASON FOR REVISION.

ce. DISTRIBUTION. Distribution shall be in
accordance with paragraph 9050 of this order.

907. GENERAL,

a. SIAP Cancellation. Whenever a SIAP is
canceled, process a revision or cancellation of
8260-2s for fixes associated with that SIAP.

b. En Route Fixes. When it is determined
that an established en route fix is to be used on
another type of chart for the first time, the 8260-2
must be amended to include an X under the
appropriate heading opposite FIX REQUESTED
in Block 5, CHART PUBLICATION.

ce. SIAP Fixes, Do not establish a named fix
for the following unless required for control of
aircraft:

(1) DME only Fix. Do NOT forward 8260-
2s for unnamed DME Fixes.

(2) Starting and ending points of arc
initial or feeder segments.

(8) Points where initial or feeder segments

intercept the final course prior to the
intermediate or initial fix.

Page 9-18

9/16/93

d. Chart Clutter. Consider also chart clutter
and chart usability prior to establishing any
named fixes.

e. Proper Charting. When processing 8260-28
for any type of action, research all appropriate
publications (AL, JAL, AREA, SID STAR,
PROFILE DESCENT, EN ROUTE LOW, and EN
ROUTE HIGH) to assure proper charting is or
will be accomplished.

f. Military Procedures. The requirement to
document and name all holding fixes on 8260-28
also applies to military procedures. Controlling
obstacles and flight inspection must be
documented.

g. Fix Name Change. If the FIAO initiates a
fix name change, process a revised 8260-2 and
explain in REMARKS; e.g., "Name changed
from LESLI to WALLS.” If ATM-600 changes
the fix name by a National Flight Data Digest
(NFDD) item, only a pen and ink change is
required on the file copies of the 8260-2. NO
SIAP amendment is necessary when a SIAP fix
name is changed.

Chap 9
Par 906